Starters. NEMA Contactors & NEMA Contactors & Starters Contents

Transcription

1 January Vol., Ref. No. [007] - NM ontactors & Starters ontents Page Freedom Line Product Family Overview ontactors Non-reversing and Reversing Starters -Phase Non-reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage Starters -Phase Multispeed Starters Single-Phase Non-reversing, Full Voltage Thermal Overload Relays urrent Sensing Protective Relay Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed dvantage Line Product Family Overview ontactors Non-reversing and Reversing Starters Non-reversing and Reversing Starters Non-reversing Two-Speed dvantage ontrol Modules PowerNet ommunication evices Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Line ontactors Non-reversing and Reversing Starters Non-reversing and Reversing Starters Two-Speed Thermal and Fast Trip Relays itation Line Renewal Parts Type N Line (-) Renewal Parts Solenoids and Magnetic Shoe rakes Motor ontrol Technical ata NM Size Starter

2 - Product Family Overview Freedom Line January Vol., Ref. No. [008] NM N6N0 NM Size Product The Freedom Series starters and contactors listed in this catalog feature a compact, space-saving design, using state-of-the-art technology and the latest in high strength, impact and temperature resistant insulating materials. Starters and contactors are available in two rating/configuration styles NM (National lectrical Manufacturers ssociation) and I (International lectrotechnical ommission). See ategory 4 for I Rated ontactors & Starters. The NM devices are sized based on traditional NM classifications and the I devices on international ratings. Internationally rated starters and contactors, as compared to NM devices, generally are physically down-sized to provide higher ratings in a smaller package. However, electrical load/life ratings are correspondingly reduced. areful consideration should be given to the selection of the proper device for a specific application. Parameters, such as type of load, severity of duty, electrical load/life cycles required, etc., must be evaluated before choosing either the I or NM designs. Since the I devices are typically smaller than the equivalent NM device, there is a cost advantage over the NM starters and contactors. pplication The Freedom to hoose the Right Product for the pplication utler-hammer has been supplying quality industrial control products for more than 0 years the Freedom Series of ontactors and Starters continue in this tradition. They offer something no other electrical control line in the world can the Freedom to choose contactors and starters designed to either NM or I standards from one family. There are many difficult choices to be made today in matching electrical control to a specific application, but the utler-hammer Freedom Series makes it easy. Features Freedom Family single family of contactors and starters suitable for application in both the I and NM markets. Two lines, One family the best of both worlds. djustable imetallic mbient ompensated Overload relays with interchangeable heater packs available in three basic sizes, covering applications up to 900 hp reducing the number of different contactor/overload relay combinations that have to be stocked. Fixed heater overloads are optional. full line of snap-on accessories common to both I and NM devices top and side mounted auxiliary contacts, solid-state and pneumatic timers, etc. Straight-through wiring line lugs at top, load lugs at bottom. Horizontal or vertical mounting on upright panel for application freedom. Screw type power terminals have captive, backed-out self-lifting pressure plates with ± screws reduced wiring time. ccessible terminals for easy wiring. Optional fingerproof shields available to prevent electrical shock. Top located coil terminals convenient and readily accessible. 4 mm contactor magnet coils have three terminals, permitting either top or diagonal wiring easy to replace uropean or U.S. style starters or contactors without changing wiring layout. ncapsulated dual voltage/ frequency magnet coils permanently marked with voltage, frequency and part number. NM Sizes 00 0 have non-encapsulated coils as standard. esigned to meet or exceed NM, UL, S, I, V, S and other international standards and listings. merican engineering built by aton orp./utler-hammer, using the latest in statistical process control methods to produce high quality, reliable products. Freedom NM Freedom NM contactors and starters are designed to NM standards and are extremely rugged products and built for any application. Their long electrical/mechanical life is extended through easy maintainability. Meets and exceeds all NM, UL and S standards. Sized based on standard NM classifications. esigned and built for a variety of demanding applications. asy coil change and inspectable/ replaceable contacts. djustable/interchangeable heater packs for flexibility. vailable in Open and NM, R, 4/4X and enclosures. The est Keeps Getting etter Within this catalog you will discover many enhancements to the utler- Hammer contactor and starter product line. These enhancements demonstrate utler-hammer s commitment to continuous product improvement and total quality. few of the Freedom Series product improvements are listed below. What s hanging In addition, all side and top auxiliary contacts have been revised with N- L markings; I contactors to 900 hp/v are now available; and a new line of I fixed heater starters is being introduced: 7/7.

3 January Vol., Ref. No. [009] Product Family Overview Freedom Line - New 6 mm ontactor New Series Overload New Series 7 Overload Freedom nhancements ccessible Power Terminations to Facilitate Installation The 6 mm contactor housing has been completely redesigned to open up the line/load terminal access area, allowing better visibility when wiring. This also aids in maintenance. IP0 fingerproofing is available through addon shields. This change affects NM Sizes and. Load Lugs on Overload Relay ase The load lugs have been moved from the heater pack housing to the sensor base of the and 7 overload relays. This permits wiring of the starter prior to heater pack installation. These overload relays are used on NM Sizes 00 and 8. New uxiliary ontact Markings NL N0 ll auxiliary contact blocks are identified by a two-digit contact configuration code. uxiliary contact terminals are also identified by a two-digit number in accordance with International Standards approved by NL. New uxiliary ontact Ratings ll side and top auxiliary contact blocks are now rated NM/UL P00 ratings and I 947 -/- ratings. New lass and 0 Heater Packs ecause of improvements in the overload relays, the lass and 0 interchangeable heater packs have been modified. They can be used with the new overload relays (Series ) directly or with the existing relays (Series ) when using an adapter lug kit. asy Magnet oil hange The 6 mm contactor and the connections on the 4 and 6 mm starters have been modified to allow easy coil changes at the distributor or in the field. Standards and ertifications Standard: esigned to meet or exceed UL, NM, I, S, V and S. UL listed: UL File #49, Guide #NLX Open and NM, 4, nclosed S ertified: S File #LR, lass #4 Open and NM nclosed I: I , Sizes 6 8; I 8; I 947 Pending ertified Type oordination utler-hammer Freedom Series I starters and NM starters are now UL ertified to achieve I 947 Type coordination against 0,000 short circuit fault currents. ny brand of properly selected fuse can be used. Type coordination means that the starter will be suitable for further use following a short circuit fault. ISO 9000 ertification When you turn to utler-hammer Products, you turn to quality. The International Standards Organization (ISO) has established a series of standards acknowledged by 9 industrialized nations to bring harmony to the international quest for quality. The ISO certification process covers 0 quality system elements in design, production and installation that must conform to achieve registration. This commitment to quality will result in increased product reliability and total customer satisfaction. Short ircuit Protection Fuses and Inverse-Time ircuit reakers may be selected per rticle 40, Part of the National lectrical ode to protect motor branch circuits from fault conditions. If higher ratings or settings are required to start the motor, do not exceed the maximum as listed in xception No., rticle 40-.

4 -4 ontactors Non-reversing and Reversing Freedom Line January Vol., Ref. No. [000] ontents Product Family Overview Page Product pplication Features Standards and ertifications ontactors Non-reversing and Reversing Product Features Technical ata Kits and ccessories Product Selection -Pole ontactors Product Selection -, 4- and -Pole ontactors Technical ata ccessories uxiliary ontacts Magnet oils Mounting Plates Special Modifications Renewal Parts imensions NM Size at. No. NN Product Non-reversing ontactors are most commonly used to switch motor loads in applications where running overcurrent protection is either not required or is provided separately. ontactors consist of a magnetically actuated switch which can be remotely operated by a pushbutton station or pilot device such as a proximity switch, limit switch, float switch, auxiliary contacts, etc. Reversing Reversing contactors are used primarily for reversing single- or three-phase motors in applications where running overcurrent protection is either not required or is provided separately. They consist of two contactors mechanically and electrically interlocked to prevent line shorts and energization of both contactors simultaneously. Features esigned specifically for use in applications requiring NM ratings. ontactors meet or exceed NM standards IS -99. Long life twin break, silver cadmium oxide contacts provide excellent conductivity and superior resistance to welding and arc erosion. esigned to,000,000 electrical operations at maximum hp ratings up through hp at V. Steel mounting plate standard on all open type contactors. Non-reversing Holding circuit contact(s) supplied as standard: Sizes 00 have NO auxiliary contact block mounted on right hand side (on Size 00, contact occupies 4th power pole position no increase in width). Sizes 4 have a NO contact block mounted on left side. Sizes 6 7 have a NO/N contact block on top left. Size 8 has a NO/N contact block on top left back and a NO contact block on top right back. Reversing NM Size at. No. NN One NO-N side mounted interlock supplied as standard on each contactor for Sizes Technical ata Table -. Wire (7 ) Sizes WG or kcmil Open and nclosed NM Size Power Terminals Line or Load 00 6 stranded; 4 solid u stranded; 4 solid u 8 4 stranded or solid u 4 (upper) and/or 6 4 (lower) stranded or solid u /0 4 u/l 4 mcm 6 7 kcmil, or () kcmil /0 u/l 6 () 7 kcmil /0 u/l 7 () 7 kcmil /0 u/l 8 (4) 7 kcmil 4/0 u/l Two compartment box lug. Table -. Plugging and Jogging Service Horsepower Ratings NM Size Maximum horsepower where operation is interrupted more than times per minute or more than times in a minute period. NM standard IS -99 table -4-. Kits and ccessories ontrol Terminals u Only 6 stranded 4 solid V V V V -/ 7-/ 60 / -/ / / uxiliary ontacts, contactor mounted Pages Transient Suppressor, for magnet coil Pages -7. Timers Solid-State and Pneumatic, mount on contactor Page -6.

5 January Vol., Ref. No. [00] ontactors Non-reversing and Reversing Freedom Line - NM Size 00 -Pole ontactor at. No. NN NM Size 0 -Pole ontactor at. No. NN NM Size -Pole ontactor at. No. NKN Product Selection -Pole ontactors Table -. Type N/N NM ontactors -Pole Non-reversing and Reversing NM Size ontinuous mpere Rating Maximum UL Horsepower -Phase -Phase -Pole -Pole V V 08V 40V V V Non-reversing Reversing 00 9 / -/ -/ NN_. NN_ NN_ 9. NN_ / 7-/ NN_ 8. NN_. 4 7-/ NGN_ 44. NGN_, NKN_ 67. NKN_, NNN_,6. NNN_ 4, NSN_,49. NSN_ 7, NTN_ 9,40. NTN_ 9, NUN_,. NUN_ 7, NVN_,4. NVN_ 9,790. Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 80V Hz applications: NM Size Horsepower -/ ommon control. For separate V control, insert letter in 7th position of listed. XMPL: NVN. Magnet oils and ontactor coils listed in this section also have a Hz rating as shown in the adjacent table. Select required contactor by and replace the magnet coil alpha designation in the (_) with the proper ode Suffix from the adjacent table. For Sizes 00, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the next to the last digit of the listed. XMPL: For a 80V, Hz coil, change NN_ to NNL. For all other sizes, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the last digit of the listed. For Magnet oils, see ccessories, Pages - -. Table -4. Suffix ode oil Volts and Hertz /60 or / 40/60 or 0/ /60 or 440/ /60 or / 08/60 77/ /60 40/ 80 4/ / 4/60, 4/ 4/ / 48/60 48/ ode Suffix H J K L N T U V W Y NM Sizes 00 and 0 only. NM Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 8 are 4/60 only. Technical ata Pages - -4 imensions Pages -6-7 Special Modifications Page - ccessories Pages - - iscount Symbol

6 -6 ontactors Non-reversing and Reversing Freedom Line January Vol., Ref. No. [00] Product Selection -, 4- and -Pole ontactors Table -. Type N NM ontactors -, 4- and -Pole Non-reversing NM Size ontinuous mpere Rating Maximum UL Horsepower Non-reversing -Phase (-Pole) -Phase V V 08V 40V V V -Pole 4-Pole -Pole 00 9 / -/ -/ NN_. NN4_ NN_ / 7-/ NN_ 07. NN4_ 8. NN_ / NGN_ 88. NGN4_ 4. NGN_ NKN_ NNN_, NSN_, NTN_ 8,70. NM Size -Pole ontactor at. No. NGN Magnet oils or Select required starter by and replace the magnet coil alpha designation in the (_) with the proper ode Suffix from the adjacent table. For Sizes 00, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the next to the last digit of the listed. XMPL: For a 80V, Hz coil, change NN_ to NNL. For all other sizes, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the last digit of the listed. For Magnet oils, see ccessories, Pages - -. Table -6. Suffix ode oil Volts and Hertz /60 or / 40/60 or 0/ /60 or 440/ /60 or / 08/60 77/ /60 40/ 80 4/ / 4/60, 4/ 4/ / 48/60 48/ ode Suffix H J K L N T U V W Y NM Sizes 00 and 0 only. NM Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 8 are 4/60 only. Technical ata Pages - -4 imensions Pages -6-7 Special Modifications Page - ccessories Pages - - iscount Symbol

7 January Vol., Ref. No. [00] Starters -Phase, Full Voltage Freedom Line Non-reversing and Reversing -7 ontents Page Product Family Overview Product pplication... - Features Standards and ertifications Starters -Phase Non-reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage Product Features Technical ata Wiring iagrams Product Selection Starters -Phase Multispeed Product Selection Starters Single-Phase Non-reversing, Full Voltage Product Wiring iagrams Product Selection Technical ata ccessories uxiliary ontacts Magnet oils Mounting Plates Special Modifications Renewal Parts imensions NM Size at. No. N6N0 NM Size at. No. N6N0 Reversing Three-phase, full voltage magnetic starters are used primarily for reversing of -phase squirrel cage motors. They consist of two contactors and a single overload relay assembled together. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked to prevent line shorts and energization of both contactors simultaneously. Features imetallic mbient ompensated Overload relays available in three basic sizes covering applications up to 900 hp reducing number of different contactor/overload relay combinations that have to be stocked. These overload relays feature: Selectable Manual or utomatic Reset operation. Interchangeable heater packs adjustable ±4% to match motor FL and calibrated for.0 and. service factors. Heater packs for smaller overload relay will mount in larger overload relay useful in derating applications such as jogging. Load lugs built into relay base. Single-phase protection, lass 0 or lass trip time. Overload trip indication. lectrically isolated NO-N contacts (pull RST button to test). Long life twin break, silver cadmium oxide contacts provide excellent conductivity and superior resistance to welding and arc erosion. Generously sized for low resistance and cool operation. esigned to,000,000 electrical operations at maximum hp ratings up through hp at V. Steel mounting plate standard on all open type starters. Wired for separate or common control. Non-reversing Holding circuit contact(s) supplied as standard: Sizes 00 have a NO auxiliary contact block mounted on righthand side (on Size 00, contact occupies 4th power pole position no increase in width). Sizes 4 have a NO contact block mounted on left side. Sizes 6 7 have a NO/N contact block on top left. Size 8 has a NO/N contact block on top left back and a NO on top right back. Reversing ach contactor (Size 00 8) supplied with one NO-N side mounted contact block as standard. N contacts are wired as electrical interlocks. Product Non-reversing Three-phase, full voltage magnetic starters are most commonly used to switch motor loads. Starters consist of a magnetically actuated switch (contactor) and an overload relay assembled together.

8 -8 Starters -Phase, Full Voltage Freedom Line Non-reversing and Reversing January Vol., Ref. No. [004] Technical ata Table -7. Wire (7 ) Sizes WG or kcmil NM Sizes 00 Open and nclosed NM Size Power Terminals Line 00 0 Two compartment box lug. Minimum per N. Maximum wire size: Sizes 00 and 0 to 8 WG and Sizes to WG. Table -8. Wire (7 ) Sizes WG or kcmil NM Sizes 8 Open and nclosed Minimum per N. Maximum wire size: Sizes 00 and 0 to 8 WG and Sizes to WG. Wiring iagrams Wire Size u Only Power Terminals Load u Only (stranded or solid) 00 0 ontrol Terminals u Only 6 WG stranded, 4 WG solid NM Size Power Terminals Line and Load 6 WG stranded, 4 WG solid 8 6 WG stranded, 4 WG solid 8 4 WG stranded or solid 4 WG (upper) and/or 6 4 WG (lower) stranded or solid 4 6 WG stranded or solid 4 WG stranded or solid Wire Size /0 4 WG u/l 4 Open /0 8 WG u; nclosed kcmil 6 WG u/l ontrol Terminals u Only 6 WG stranded, 4 WG solid 7 kcmil WG; or () kcmil /0 WG u/l () 7 kcmil /0 WG u/l () 7 kcmil /0 WG u/l (4) 7 kcmil /0 WG u/l Table -9. Plugging and Jogging Service Horsepower Ratings NM Size V V V V -/ 7-/ 60 / -/ / / Maximum horsepower where operation is interrupted more than times per minute, or more than times in a minute period. NM Standard IS-99 table -4-. L L L Separate ontrol Remove Wire c when it is supplied. c onnect separate control lines to the No. Terminal on T T T the remote pilot T T T device and Terminal 96 on the overload relay. Motor Remote Pilot evices Wire ontrol Not for Use with uto Reset OL Relays Wire ontrol When more than one pushbutton station is used, omit onnector and connect per sketch. NM Size 00 Start Stop Start Stop Start Stop L T L T Field onversion to -Phase, dd otted onnections T T Motor L L L Separate ontrol Remove Wire c when it is supplied. onnect separate control lines to the No. Terminal on T T T the remote pilot T T T device and Terminal 96 on the overload relay. Motor c Remote Pilot evices Wire ontrol Not for Use with uto Reset OL Relays Wire ontrol When more than one pushbutton station is used, omit onnector and connect per sketch. NM Sizes 0, and Start Stop Start Stop Start Stop L T T Field onversion to -Phase, dd otted onnections T L T Motor Figure -. Typical Wiring iagrams Three-Phase and Single-Phase pplications

9 January Vol., Ref. No. [00] Product Selection When Ordering Supply Heater pack number (see selection table, Pages -6-7 or full load current. Starters -Phase, Full Voltage Freedom Line Non-reversing and Reversing -9 Size 0 Non-reversing Starter Size Reversing Starter Size Vertical Reversing Starter Table -. Type N6/N6 NM Manual or utomatic Reset Overload Relay Non-reversing and Reversing NM Size ontinuous mpere Rating Service-Limit urrent Rating (mperes) Maximum UL Horsepower -Phase -Phase -Pole -Pole Vertical V V 08V 40V V V Non-reversing Reversing Reversing 00 9 / -/ -/ N6N0_ 8. N6N0_ N6N0_ 8. N6N0_ N6NV0_. 7 7-/ 7-/ N6N0_ 6. N6N0_ N6NV0_ / N6GN0_ 476. N6GN0_ N6GNV0_, N6KN0_ 77. N6KN0_ N6KNV0_, N6NN0_,760. N6NN0_ N6NNV0_ 4, N6SN0_ 4,00. N6SN0_ 8, N6TN0_ 9,90. N6TN0_ 9, N6UN0_ 4,60. N6UN0_ 8, N6VN0_,0. N6VN0_ 4,64. Note: Starter s do not include heater packs. Select one carton of three heater packs. Heater pack selection, Pages Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 80V Hz applications: NM Size Horsepower -/ The service-limit current ratings represent the maximum rms current, in amperes, which the controller shall be permitted to carry for protracted periods in normal service. t service-limit current ratings, temperature rises shall be permitted to exceed those obtained by testing the controller at its continuous current rating. The current rating of overload relays or trip current of other motor protective devices used shall not exceed the service-limit current rating of the controller. ommon control. For separate V control, insert letter in 7th position of listed. XMPL: N6VN0. NM Size 0 at. No. N6N0 Magnet oils or Starter coils listed in this section also have a Hz rating as shown in the adjacent table. Select required starter by and replace the magnet coil alpha designation in the (_) with the proper ode Suffix from the adjacent table. For Sizes 00 and 8, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the next to last digit of the listed. XMPL: For a 80V, Hz coil, change N6N0_ to N6N0L. For all other sizes, the magnet coil alpha designation will be the last digit of the listed. For Magnet oils, see ccessories, Pages - -. Table -. Suffix ode oil Volts and Hertz ode Suffix /60 or / 40/60 or 0/ /60 or 440/ /60 or / 08/60 77/ /60 40/ 80 4/ / 4/60, 4/ 4/ / 48/60 48/ H J K L N T U V W Y NM Sizes 00 and 0 only. NM Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 8 are 4/60 only. Technical ata Pages - -4 imensions Pages -8-0 Special Modifications Page - ccessories Pages - - Heater Packs Pages -6-7 iscount Symbol

10 - Starters -Phase Multispeed Freedom Line January Vol., Ref. No. [006] N700N08 NM Size 0, Open Type Two-Speed, Reconnectable (One-Winding) Product Selection When Ordering Specify For -Speed Selective ontrol: plus magnet coil ode Suffix. xample: Size 0 N700N0. Heater pack number or full load current for each speed. N700N08 NM Size, Open Type Two-Speed, Reconnectable Winding (One-Winding) For -Speed other than Selective ontrol: plus magnet coil ode Suffix and option required. xample: N700N0 except ompelling. Heater pack number or full load current for each speed. N700N0 NM Size, Open Type Two-Speed, Two-Winding Separate Winding) Wye-Wye Motor Note: -speed starters are designed for starting and controlling both separate (-winding) and reconnectable (-winding) motors. Separate winding, WY-WY motors have a separate winding for each speed. Reconnectable, consequent pole motors use the same winding for both speeds. ll standard starters are wired for selective control. Table -. Product Selection -Speed Selective ontrol Separate Winding Maximum Horsepower 60/ Hertz NM Open Type onstant or Variable Torque onstant Horsepower Size V V V V/V V V V /V -/ 7-/ / / If branch circuit protective device is 4 or greater, 0FR fuse kit(s) may be required for circuit protection per N / N700N0 N700N0 N700GN0 N700KN0 N700NN0 N700SN0 s of starters do not include heater packs. Select packs ( overload relays, one for each speed). Heater pack selection, Pages ,80.,4.,70.,70. Table -. Product Selection -Speed Selective ontrol Reconnectable Winding Maximum Horsepower 60/ Hertz NM Open Type onstant or Variable Torque onstant Horsepower Size onstant or Variable Torque V V V V/V V V V /V onstant Horsepower -/ 7-/ 40 7-/ / / If branch circuit protective device is 4 or greater, 0FR fuse kit(s) may be required for circuit protection per N N700N08 N700N08 N700GN08 N700KN08 N700NN08 N700N09 N700N09 N700GN09 N700KN09 N700NN09 s of starters do not include heater packs. Select packs ( overload relays, one for each speed). Heater pack selection, Pages -6-7.,00.,080.,9., Table -4. Magnetic oils or oil Voltage and Hz ode Suffix oil Voltage and Hz ode Suffix oil Voltage and Hz ode Suffix /60 or / 40/60 or 0/ /60 or 440/ /60 or / 08/60 NM Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes are 4/60 only. 77/ /60 40/ 80 4/ / H J K L N 4/60, 4/ 4/ / 48/60 48/ T U V W Y imensions Page - iscount Symbol

11 January Vol., Ref. No. [007] Starters Single-Phase, Full Voltage Freedom Line Non-reversing Wiring iagrams - M L Lines L / /4 Product NM Size at. No. N6N0 Single-phase, full voltage magnetic starters connect the motor directly across the line, allowing it to draw full inrush current during start-up. These starters are most commonly used for control of self-starting single-phase motors up to horsepower at V. They consist of a -pole electromagnetic contactor to make and break the motor power circuit and an overload relay to provide running overload protection. Starters listed in the table include: Two-pole Freedom Series contactor with long life twin break, silver cadmium oxide contacts. Generously sized for low resistance and cool operation. esigned to million electrical operations at maximum hp and 0 million mechanical operations to Size 0, million operations to Size and 6 million operations to Size. Three-pole Freedom Series overload with poles and wired in series for motor overload protection. This overload is ambient compensated, selectable Manual or utomatic reset, interchangeable lass or 0 heater packs,.0 or. service factor selectability, overload trip indication and electrically isolated NO-N contacts (pull RST button to test). Holding circuit NO auxiliary contact supplied as standard. On Size 00, the contact occupies the 4th power pole position. Sizes 0 have the NO auxiliary mounted on the right side of the contactor. Steel mounting plate as standard on all open type starters. Wired for separate or common control. Figure -. Typical Wiring iagrams Single-Phase pplications Product Selection When Ordering Specify Heater Pack (see selection table, Pages -6-7) or full load current. Table -. Type N6 NM Manual or utomatic Reset Overload Relay NM Size 00 0 P OL /T 4/T 6/T When more than one pushbutton station is used, omit onnector and connect per sketch at right. Maximum Horsepower Motor -Phase Voltage / 7-/ 7-/ Phase Motor /4 STRT /4 / Not for Use with STOP uto Reset OL Relays Wire ontrol Wire ontrol Magnet oil Voltage (60 Hz) Reset 9 T T 4 Separate ontrol Remove Wire if supplied and connect separate control lines to the Terminal on the remote pilot device and to the 96 Terminal on the overload relay. Front View of Panel T Open Type -Pole N6N0 N6N0 N6N0 N6N0 N6N0 N6N0 N6PN0 N6PN0 N6GN0 N6GN0 N6KN0 N6KN Note: Starter s do not include heater packs. Select carton of heater packs. Heater pack selection, Pages For separate V control circuit. For maximum hp at listed motor voltages, use the rating of other starters of same size. T STRT STOP STRT STOP /4 / ccessories Pages - - iscount Symbol

12 - Technical ata Freedom Line January Vol., Ref. No. [008] Table -6. oil ata Notes P.U. Pick-up time is the average time taken from closing of the coil circuit to main contact touch..o. rop-out time is the average time taken from opening of the coil circuit to main contact separation. old oil data with a cold coil. Hot oil data with a hot coil. ll data is based on a standard contactor with no auxiliary devices and a V or 4V magnet coil. oil data has a ±% range depending on the application, therefore specific data may vary. Table -7. Specifications Sizes 00 ontactor /Size N NM Size 00 N NM Size 0 N NM Size NG NM Size NK NM Size onfiguration of Poles uxiliary ontacts, Standard dd-on uxiliary ontacts,, 4 4th Pole NO () Top (4) or Side (4), Side NO () Top (4) or Side (),, 4, Side NO () Top (4) or Side (),, 4, Side NO () Top (4) or Side () Frame Size 4 mm 4 mm 6 mm 6 mm 90 mm Maximum Voltage Rating V V V V V ontinuous mpere Ratings (I) Maximum Horsepower (hp) -Phase V V / 7-/ 7-/ -Phase V V V V Magnet oil ata Pick-Up Volts old Pick-Up Volts Hot Pick-Up Voltamperes Pick-Up Watts Sealed Voltamperes Sealed Watts rop-out Volts old rop-out Volts Hot Maximum Operation Rate Ops/Hour Pick-Up Time (ms) rop-out Time (ms) oil Operating Range % of Rated Voltage -/ -/ 74% 78% % 46%,000 74% 78% % 46%,000 7-/ 7-/ 74% 78% % %, % 78% % %, , Side NO () Left Side (4) or Right Side () 0 7% 76% % % 7, 4 -% to +% -% to +% -% to +% -% to +% -% to +% Magnet oil ata For Magnet oils (and coil data), see ccessories, Pages - -. Operating Temperature Maximum Operating ltitude (ft.) Mechanical Life lectrical Life (V/60 Hz) - -4 Wire Range Power Terminals ontrol Terminals Power Terminal Torque Line and Load lb-in -0 to 6 6,000 0,000,000 4,000,000 90,000 6 stranded, 4 solid u 6 stranded, 4 solid u -0 to 6 6,000 0,000,000,000,000 8, stranded, 4 solid u 6 stranded, 4 solid u -0 to 6 6,000,000,000,000,000, stranded or solid u 6 stranded, 4 solid u -0 to 6 6,000,000,000,0,000 6,000 4 (upper) and/or 6 4 (lower) stranded or solid u 6 stranded, 4 solid u (4 8 WG) 4 (6 4 WG) ( WG) -0 to 6 6,000 6,000,000,700,000 80,000 /0 4 u ontact Kit Part None None uxiliary ontact Rating, P00 6 stranded 4 solid u (4 WG) 40 (8 WG) 4 (6 4 WG) ( /0 WG)

13 January Vol., Ref. No. [009] Technical ata Freedom Line - Table -8. Specifications Sizes 4 8 onfiguration of Poles uxiliary ontacts, Standard dd-on uxiliary ontacts 0 0% of rated coil voltage. ontactor /Size NN NM Size 4, Side NO () Left side () or Right side (4) NS NM Size, Side NO () Left side () or Right side (4) NT NM Size 6 Top left NO/N () Top right NO/N () NU NM Size 7 Top left NO/N () Top right NO/N () NV NM Size 8 Side NO/N () NO/N () Frame Size 80 mm 80 mm 80 mm 80 mm 4 mm Maximum Voltage Rating V V V V V ontinuous mpere Ratings (I) Maximum Horsepower (hp) -Phase V V -Phase V V V V Magnet oil ata Pick-Up Volts old Pick-Up Volts Hot Pick-Up Voltamperes Pick-Up Watts Sealed Voltamperes Sealed Watts rop-out Volts old rop-out Volts Hot Maximum Operation Rate Ops/Hour Pick-Up Time (ms) rop-out Time (ms) oil Operating Range % of Rated Voltage % 76% % 6%, % 77% % 64%, % 7% 4 N/ 00 7% 7% 4 N/ % 7% N/ 70 -% to +% -% to +% -% to +% -% to +% -% to +% Magnet oil ata For Magnet oils (and coil data), see ccessories, Pages - -. Operating Temperature Maximum Operating ltitude (ft.) Mechanical Life lectrical Life (V/60 Hz) - -4 Wire Range Power Terminals ontrol Terminals -0 to 6 6,000,000, ,000 70,000 Open /0 8 u; nclosed kcmil 6 u/l 6 stranded, 4 solid u -0 to 6 6,000,000,000 0,000 4,000 7 kcmil or () kcmil /0 u/l 6 stranded, 4 solid u -0 to 6 6,000,000,000 90,000 7,400 () 7 kcmil /0 u/l 6 stranded, 4 solid u -0 to 6 6,000,000,000 4,000,000 () 7 kcmil /0 u/l 6 stranded, 4 solid u Power Terminal Torque 0 Line and Load lb-in ontact Kit Part uxiliary ontact Rating, P00-0 to 6 6,000,000,000 40,000 4, (4) 7 kcmil /0 u/l 6 stranded, 4 solid u

14 -4 Technical ata Freedom Line January Vol., Ref. No. [000] lectrical Life - and -4 Utilization ategories Life Load urves utler-hammer s Freedom Series NM contactors have been designed and manufactured for superior life performance in any worldwide application. ll testing has been based on requirements as found in NM and UL standards and conducted by utler- Hammer. ctual application life may vary depending on environmental conditions and application duty cycle. Utilization ategories - Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, such as resistance furnaces and heating. - Starting of slip-ring motors. - Squirrel cage motors; starting, switching off motors during running. -4 Squirrel cage motors; starting, plugging, inching or jogging. Note: - tests are conducted at rated device currents and -4 tests are conducted at six times rated device currents. ll tests have been run at V, 60 Hz. ontactor hoice ecide what utilization category your application is and choose the appropriate curve. Locate the intersection of the life-load curve of the appropriate contactor with the applications operational current (Ie), as found on the horizontal axis. Read the estimated contact life along the vertical axis in number of operational cycles. Operations Operations 0,000,000,000,000,000,000 0,000 0,000,000,000,000,000,000 0,000 Size 00 9 Size 0 reak mperes NM - Load Life, Sizes 00, V 60 Hz Figure -. - and -4 Utilization ategories Size Size Size Size 4 Size Size 00 Size 0 Size, ,000 reak mperes NM -4 Load Life, Sizes 00, V 60 Hz Size Size Size 4 Size

15 January Vol., Ref. No. [00] ccessories Freedom Line - -Pole Top Mounted Fuse lock Kit I Sizes K, NM Sizes 00 Field mount to Freedom Series starters and contactors. esigned to save space and reduce installation costs. They provide short circuit protection for branch circuits. Mechanical Interlock and Reversing Kits Mechanical interlocks and reversing kits are designed for field assembly of reversing contactors or starters from Freedom Series components. The Reversing Kits include a Mechanical Interlock, stabilizer bar and a pre-cut, trimmed and formed wire set. uxiliary contacts, if required, must be ordered separately. See Page -9. Mounted Fuse lock Kit Table -9. Fuse lock Kits Fuse Type lass H 0 V lass R 0 V lass G 00V lass G 0 00V lass G 0 00V lass G 60 00V lass T 0 00V lass T 60 00V lass J 0 V lass J 60 V Type M 0 V lass 0 V lass T 0 V lass T 60 V Type M fuse block not approved for branch circuit protection. Table -0. pproximate imensions KH KR KG7 KG8 KG KG KT KT KJ6 KJ6 KM6 K6 KT6 KT6 Fuse lock imensions in Inches (mm) lass mperes Volts Wide High eep G, 0, (6.0).6 (66.).00 (76.) 4. (8.0).04 (.8).08 (.8) H 0.00 (76.). (78.7). (6.6).6 (9.9) J 0, (.) 4. (4.6).8 (7.6) M, 0.40 (6.0).00 (76.).04 (.8) R 0.00 (76.). (78.7). (6.6).6 (9.9) T 0, (87.4).7 (9.) 4.87 (.7).00 (76.). (84.).00 (76.). (9.).6 (7.4).8 (6.) Table -. Mechanical Interlock Only pplication NM Size I Size ontactor Mounting Without cross-wiring. For use with latest series product. Table -. Reversing Kits (Horizontal ontactor Mounting Only) Kit includes () N auxiliary contacts. 00 K Horizontal KM60.70 L N Horizontal KM0. to 4 N to P Horizontal KM P S Horizontal KM40. 4 to Horizontal KM4. 4 to 6 S to T/U Horizontal KM Horizontal KM. to 6 Horizontal KM T and U Horizontal KM to 7 T/U to V X Horizontal KM V, W and X Horizontal KM or to P S to Vertical KM. to 6 Vertical KM T and U Vertical KM to 7 T/U to V X Vertical KM pplication NM Size at. No. KM60 I Size F G K L and M N P S Part No. -76 KM60K4 KM60K KM60K KM60K6 KM60K7 KM60K KM60K8 KM60K9 KM60K0 KM60K44 Wire Set Mounting Plate Figure -4. pproximate imensions in Inches (mm) iscount Symbol

16 -6 ccessories Freedom Line January Vol., Ref. No. [00] Solid-State Timers Pneumatic Timers Top Mounted ttachment mounts on top of any NM Size 00 or I Size K Freedom Series starter or contactor (top mounted auxiliary contacts can not be installed on device when timer is used). Timer unit has NO-N isolated timed contacts circuits in each pole must be the same polarity. Units are convertible from OFF to ON LY or vice-versa. Identification Markers I Sizes K, NM Sizes 00 esigned to snap on the face of contactor for easy, personalized identification of individual devices. Includes holder and labels. Table -8. Product Selection Identification Marker 0L.00 Solid-State Timer Solid-State ON LY Timer Side Mounted on Freedom Series NM 00, I K and, and F Frame This timer is designed to be wired in series with the load (typically a coil). When the STRT button is pushed (power applied to timer), the ON LY timing function starts. t the completion of the set timing period, timer and series wired load will both be energized. Table -. Mounted Timer Product Selection Timing Range..0 Seconds 0 Seconds 0 00 Seconds 0 Minutes dd operating voltage Suffix to. = V, = 40V, = 08V Rated. ampere pilot duty not to be used on larger contactors. Terminal connections are quick connects only. Two per side. Shorting ar Kits These kits provide phase-to-phase power connections of contactors for field assembly. The kits include bus connections and mounting hardware. The shorting bars connect all three phases of a single contactor. Table -4. Product Selection NM Size, I Sizes L N NM Size 4, I Sizes S NM Size NM Size 6, I Sizes T and U 0TN_ 0TN0_ 0TN00_ 0TN000_ S8 S9 S S Table -. Product Selection Timing Range. to 0 Seconds to 80 Seconds Table -6. Maximum mpere Ratings Make reak 0TP 0TP Locking over for Overload Relay 06 Only Snap-on transparent or opaque plastic panel for covering access port to the overload relay trip setting dial helps prevent accidental or unauthorized changes to trip and reset setting. Table -7. Product Selection lear cover, no accessibility Gray cover, no accessibility, with uto only nib Gray cover, no accessibility, with Manual only nib Gray cover with FL dial accessibility,,,, positions and uto only nib Gray cover with FL dial accessibility,,,, positions and Manual only nib Volts Min. Ordering Quantity (Std. Pkg.) P.86 0P4.86 0P.86 0P6.86 0P7.86 ontrol ircuit Fuse lock These panel mounted fuse holders, designed for control circuit protection or other similar low current requirements, have extractor type fuse caps. The lass rejection type fuses (KTK-R) used in these holders are intended for use with equipment designated as being suitable for use on systems having high available fault currents. If branch circuit protective device is 4 or greater, 0FR fuse kit may be required for control circuit protection per N Table -9. Product Selection Type Fuse Holder Only fuse is not supplied, but holder will accept a ussman Type KTK or KTK-R (/" x -/") fuse, V maximum. Includes a, V KTK-R fuse. Fuse Max. mperes 0.88 (47.8). (.8).97 (4.6) Figure -. pproximate imensions in Inches (mm) 0F FR (.4) (0.).06 (.) iscount Symbol

17 January Vol., Ref. No. [00] ccessories Freedom Line -7 IN Rail Mounting hannel mm esigned for IN rail mounting of I style contactors and starters. IN Rail Table -0. Product Selection Finger Protection Shields Meter Length M8M 8.0 Snap-on shields for both contactors and starters provide I Type IP0 Finger Protection. Prevents accidental contact with line/load terminals. Table -. Product Selection pplication NM Size 00, I Sizes NM Size 0, I Sizes F NM Sizes, I Sizes G K ontactors Reversing ontactors NM Size Starters Reversing Starters NM Size, I Sizes G K Starters Reversing Starters 0LS 0LS 0LS 0LS4 0LS 0LS6 0LS7 0LS dapter to IN Rail Mount NM and I G K ontactors esigned to allow IN rail mounting of NM and I G K contactors. Includes all hardware required to convert contactors from panel mounting to mm IN rail mounting. Table -. Product Selection 0N Transient Suppressor Kits NM Sizes 00, I Sizes K These kits limit high voltage transients produced in the control circuit when power is removed from the contactor or starter coil. There are three separate suppressors for use at. No. 0TS on 4 V, 08 40V or 77 V coils respectively. These devices mount directly to the coil terminals of Freedom Series contactors or starters NM Sizes 00, I Sizes K and lighting contactors 60. Reversing devices will require two. Table -. Product Selection Transient Suppressor Suppressor is compatible with coil voltages/ ranges as shown, both and 60 Hz. NM Sizes, I Sizes L S This device mounts on top of any side mounted auxiliary contact on Freedom Series NM Sizes, I Sizes L S and lighting contactors It connects across coil terminals on any V contactor or starter magnet coil (reversing starters or contactors require ). Limits high voltage transients produced in the circuit when power is removed from the coil. Table -4. Product Selection Transient Suppressor oil Voltage 4/V 08/40V 77/V oil Voltage 0TS 0TS 0TS V 0S 46. iscount Symbol

18 -8 ccessories Freedom Line January Vol., Ref. No. [004] / Interface Module The 0 Interface Module is an optically isolated solid-state switch which provides a means of operating coils with 48V control signal. It acts as a at. No. 0 space saving interposing relay which can switch a specified /60 Hz source to the contactor or starter coil. The module may be directly attached to the coil terminals of any Freedom Series contactor or starter NM Sizes 00, I Sizes N and lighting contactors 0. It also has provisions for IN rail mounting. The module will operate coils within the voltage ranges shown in Table -. esign haracteristics Input: 48V at m nominal Operating Voltage: 40V (60 V) ±% /60 Hz; Operating Voltage: 0V max. (.) urrent Rating make (inrush) break (sealed) Table -. ontroller oil Voltage Ranges ontroller Prefix ontroller Size or Rating oil Range Volts dhesive ust over dd-on Power Pole Kit NM Sizes 00, I K This device mounts on the side of Freedom NM Size 00 and I Size K contactors. One unit can be mounted on each side and carries UL, Table -8. Product Selection UL mpere Rating Inductive V Resistive V Horsepower -Phase V V Locked Rotor 40V Lighting allast Tungsten V NM Sizes 00, I Sizes K These adhesive stickers come to a package and provide extra protection from contaminants when applied to the sides of Freedom NM Sizes 00 and I Sizes K. dhesive covers are easily applied to side opening where auxiliaries are not installed and provide extra protection from metal filings and other debris. Table -7. Product Selection 0STVR ( to a package) 8. cul and I ratings. The device is rated for resistive, inductive and lighting applications. I 947 mpere Rating - V - V -a -b V NO Power Pole 0 / PP , 7, 6, 7,, N6, N6, N, N N F G K L N _ V Input Observe Polarity on Module ontactor oil Solid-State Switch Figure -6. Typical pplication 4 40V /60 Hz Table -6. Product Selection oil Voltage 0V 0V6 0V9 0V 0V4 0V48 V 6V 9V V 4V 48V iscount Symbol

19 January Vol., Ref. No. [00] ccessories Freedom Line -9 uxiliary ontacts NM Sizes 00 I Sizes K The auxiliary contacts listed below are designed for installation on Freedom Series starters and contactors. Snap-on design facilitates quick, easy installation. These bifurcated design contact blocks, featuring silver cadmium alloy contacts, are well suited for use in very low energy (logic level) circuits. Table -9. Product Selection Side Mounted Side Mounted NO N NO-N NO N NO-NI NO ()-N (LO) NI Top Mounted NO N NO-N NO N NO-NI NO ()-N (LO) NI NO NO-N NO-N N 4NO NO-N NO-N NO-N 4N NO-NI NO-NI-N NO-NO ()-N (LO) NO-N-NO ()-N (LO) 0KGS 0KGS 0KGS 0KGS4 0KGS 0KGS6 0KGS7 0KGS8 0KGT 0KGT 0KGT 0KGT4 0KGT 0KGT6 0KGT7 0KGT8 0KGT9 0KGT 0KGT 0KGT 0KGT 0KGT4 0KGT 0KGT6 0KGT7 0KGT8 0KGT9 0KGT0 0KGT Top Mounted ontact onfiguration ode Note: NI = Normally losed early opening designed for use in reversing applications. = arly losing. LO = Late Opening. For reference only not part of. See below. ontact onfiguration ode This two-digit code is found on the auxiliary contact to assist in identifying the specific contact configuration. The first digit indicates the quantity of NO contacts and the second indicates the quantity of N contacts N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ NM Sizes 8 I Sizes L Z Table -40. Product Selection ircuit ontact onfiguration ode ase uxiliary ontacts NM Sizes, I Sizes L S NO NO-N NM Size I Sizes L N 0KGS 0KGS For reference only not part of. See below left. NO-N occupies two positions L and L, or R and R. See Figure -7 on Page -0. uxiliary ontact Ratings (mperes) Table -4. Ratings NM Table -4. Ratings NM P00 Table -4. Ratings Logic Level NM Sizes 4 I Sizes P S 0KGS4 0KGS4 uxiliary ontacts NM Sizes, I Sizes L S NO N NO-N 0KGS0 0KGS 0KGS uxiliary ontacts NM Sizes 6 8, I Sizes T Z Size NO-N NO-N NO-N urrent NM 8, I Z NM 6 7 I T X Make and Interrupting reak ontinuous 0K 0K6 0K8 0 Volts V 40V V V 60 6 ontinuous Thermal Rating: Volts ase uxiliary ontact at. No. 0KGS4 0. Make/reak mperes Minimum Ratings for Logic Level and Hostile tmosphere pplication Minimum mperes Minimum Volts uxiliary ontact at. No. 0KGS 0 m 4V / iscount Symbol

20 -0 ccessories Freedom Line January Vol., Ref. No. [006] uxiliary ontact Location NM Sizes 00, I Sizes K The sketches below illustrate the maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be assembled to a contactor or starter and their locations. Table -44. uxiliary ontacts Size Poles vailable Mounting Positions Open Type nclosed 6 K T, L L N T, L, R T, L K L, R L, R N 00 T, T vailable positions on contactors or starters other than what is factory installed. When a pneumatic timer is mounted on contactor, only side mounted auxiliary contact positions are available. The solid-state timer, when added, takes up side mounted auxiliary contact position. L L 6 K L, R L, R N6 00 T, T K G J G J 4 4 T, L, R T, L T, R T L, R L N 00 0,, N T, L, R T, L T, L T, L T, L, R T, L T, L T, L L L L L NM Sizes 8, I Sizes L Z The sketches below illustrate the maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be assembled to a contactor and their locations. Note: ase uxiliary ontact must be added in position R before additional auxiliary contacts can be mounted on NM Size and I Sizes L N, or in L on NM Sizes 4 and I Sizes P S. Table -4. Mounting Positions Size NM Size, I Sizes L N R, R, L, L, L NM Sizes 4, I Sizes P S L, L, R, R, R NM Sizes 6 7, I Sizes T X R NM Size 8, I Size Z L, R vailable positions on contactors or starters other than what is factory installed. Rear L ase ux. ont. L ux. ont. Left Side of ontactor L ux. ont. Front of ontactor NM Sizes I Sizes L S vailable Mounting Positions R ux. ont. R ux. ont. R ase ux. ont. Right Side of ontactor Rear L R L R L R NM Sizes 6 7 I Sizes T, U, V, W and X T T T Top View Top View L R L T R L T T R L R Front View Non-reversing ontactors and Starters Front View Reversing ontactors and Starters NM Size 8 I Size Z Figure -8. uxiliary ontact Location Figure -7. uxiliary ontact Location

21 January Vol., Ref. No. [007] ccessories Freedom Line - Magnet oils When Ordering Specify onversion Kit for Field ssembly Factory Installed oil For factory installed magnet coil on contactors or noncombination starters (open type only), substitute the ode Suffix from table below for the magnet coil identifier in the device. XMPL: For Size 0 contactor with a 4V coil, change N6N0 to N6N0T. pplication onnect for separate control Not for use with cover control switch operators Use twin break, heavy-duty pilot devices. esigned for +%, -0% rated voltage, continuous duty operation. Non-reversing Kit onsists of: ncapsulated magnet coil NI or NO/NI side mounted auxiliary contact Note: These kits are supplied with a NO/NI side mounted auxiliary contact in place of the NI contact. lue colored connection wires Instruction publication Operation See next page for operation details. Table -46. Product Selection ontactor or Starter Size NM I oil onversion ata omplete onversion Kit Factory Volts Magnet oil NI Interlock Installed mps P.U./Seal Non-reversing Kit includes NI Side Mounted uxiliary contact 00 and 0 N,, Relays 00 and 0 N,, Relays and N G N K 4 and N N, S Reversing 00 and 0 N,, Relays and N G F 4 48 F 4 48 G K 4 48 L N 4 48 P S F 4 48 G K () () () () () () () () /.8./.4.6/.07.64/ /.8./.4.6/.07.64/.08.4/.4 7.7/..9/../.04 4/.40 /.0 6./.097./.08 8/. 9/../.0.7/.0 6.4/.8./.4.6/.07.64/.08.4/.4 7.7/..9/../.04 Watts P.U./Seal 76.8/ / / / / / / /.6 8/4.98 8/4.96 8/.04 8/4.87 9/ /4.7 9/ / /. 400/. 4/.4 440/ / / / /.6 8/4.98 8/4.96 8/.04 8/4.87 0KG 0KG 0KG 0KG 0KG 0KG 0KG 0KG 0KG 0KG 0KG 0KG 0KG 0KG 0KG 0KG 0KG 0KG 0KG 0KG () 0KG () 0KG () 0KG () 0KG () 0KG () 0KG () 0KG () 0KG KR KT KW K KR4 KT4 KW4 K4 K4R4 K4T4 K4W4 K44 KR KT KW K KT KW K K RR RT RW R These kits are supplied with a NO/NI side mounted auxiliary contact in place of the NI contact. Kit does not include mechanical interlock or crossover wiring. Two NO/NI top mounted auxiliary contacts are supplied for electrical interlocking. Factory installed coils on NM contactors and starters include a NO/N top mounted auxiliary contact on each contactor for electrical interlocking. On I contactors and starters, a N top mounted auxiliary contact is supplied on each contactor for electrical interlocking. vailable factory assembled only Ship Wt. Lbs. (kg) ode Suffix.0 (.) R T W.0 (.) R4 T4 W4 4.0 (.) R4 T4 W4 4.0 (.9) R T W. (.) T W.0 (.) R T W R T W dder iscount Symbol

22 - ccessories Freedom Line January Vol., Ref. No. [008] Operation These coil kits have separate pickup and seal windings. special (side mounted) early-break NI auxiliary contact is used to either disconnect the pick-up winding or insert the seal winding in series with the pick-up winding, depending on the frame size of the contactor. coil kits come in two styles, a suffix and a suffix 4. The suffix contains only the special (side mounted) early break NI auxiliary contact. The 4 suffix contains a NO contact in the same package as the special (side mounted) early-break NI auxiliary contact. Note: For NM Sizes 00 and 0 and I Sizes F, contactors may utilize either suffix or 4 coil kits; starters may utilize suffix 4 coil kits only. For NM Sizes and and I Sizes G K, both contactors and starters may utilize a suffix 4 coil kit only. On the above sizes only, when the special auxiliary package is mounted on the side of a contactor or starter, no standard auxiliary contact may be mounted on the same side. Note: For NM Sizes and I Sizes L S, special coil NI clearing contact is an add-on auxiliary (must mount on a base mount auxiliary contact; normally a NO). This arrangement will normally account for two of the three contact positions on the side of each contactor or starter. Hold NI NO Important Incoming must be connected between and Top Terminal. Hold Pick-Up Top ottom Figure -9. lementary iagrams NO available in Suffix 4 kits only. NO Pick-Up oil lementary iagram for NM Sizes and I Sizes G N ontactors and Starters NI oil lementary iagram for NM Sizes 00, 0, 4 & and I Sizes F & P S ontactors and Starters uxiliary ontact Metal Mounting Plates Metal Mounting Plates Table -47. Metal Mounting Plates For Use on I Style ontactors, Starters and Overload Relays pplication ontactors I Sizes F I Sizes G K Non-reversing Starters I Sizes F I Sizes G K Overload Relays 7 Reversing Starters I Sizes F I Sizes G K I Sizes L N Reversing ontactors I Sizes F I Sizes G K I Sizes L N For use with IN rail and base mounting adapters listed on Page -4. Table -49. ompetitive Starter Replacement Starter to e Replaced dapter not required for replacing Sizes, 4 and starters. ompetitive Mounting Plates The adapter plates permit direct replacement of competitive starters with Freedom Series starters without drilling and tapping new mounting holes. Table -48. Product Selection Index Freedom MP0. Sizes 00 and 0 Freedom Size MP. Freedom Size MP. Freedom Size MP 6.80 Freedom Size 4 MP4.40 Freedom Size MP 8.00 Handling Only oes not appear on product. The handling number is stamped on the carton label only. Table -. Metal Mounting Plates pproximate imensions and Shipping Weights -hole mounting. -hole mounting. MP MP MP MP4 MP MP6 MP7 MP MP MP8 MP9 MP llen-radley 9, utler-hammer, Furnas 4, SP0, General lectric R06, R06, Siemens SXL, Square 86, Westinghouse, MP MP MP MP4 MP MP6 MP7 MP8 MP9 MP MP MP NM Size imensions in Inches (mm) Wide High Mounting.00 (.8).6 (6.0).80 (4.7).6 (6.0).77 (4.0). (64.0) 4.0 (6.7) 4.0 (6.7).66 (4.8) 8.70 (.0).7 (4.0) 8.70 (.0).88 (98.6).0 (8.) 6.60 (67.6) 8.08 (0.) 4.6 (7.6).4 (.6) 7.8 (87.) 4. (.).0 (8.). (88.) 8.08 (0.) 7.7 (8.) 0 4 MP dapter Kit MP0 MP MP MP MP4 MP. x.8 (8. x 8.9).00 x 4. (.8 x 4.) 6.07 (4.).00 x 7.6 (.8 x 9.8) 4.7 (8.).00 x 4.9 (.8 x 6.6). x 6.87 (88.9 x 74.). x.86 (88.9 x 98.0). x.6 (.4 x 9.) 7.00 x.8 (77.8 x 74.6). x 6.7 (.4 x 7.) 7.00 x 6.6 (77.8 x 68.4) Ship Wt. Lbs. (kg). (.).4 (.).7 (.).6 (.). (.).4 (.).8 (.4). (.).8 (.4). (.).9 (.4).9 (.4) iscount Symbol

23 January Vol., Ref. No. [009] ccessories / Special Modifications Freedom Line - Table -. ompetitive Mounting Plates pproximate imensions and Shipping Weights NM Size imensions in Inches (mm) Wide eep Ship Wt. Lbs. (kg) 0 00 MP0. (8.6) 8. (.9).6 (.9) MP.7 (9.) 9. (4.).90 (.4) MP.7 (9.). (60.4).0 (.4) MP 6.00 (.4).7 (.9).40 (.09) 4 MP4 7. (90.). (4.9).00 (.6) MP.00 (79.4) 9.00 (48.6) 6.6 (.0) Sizes 0 00 Size Size Size Size 4 Size Figure -. pproximate imensions Special Modifications Table -. For s 6, 7, N6, 6, 7, N6,, N, N,, N ddition or Special Feature ontrol ircuit xtra uxiliary ircuit, Factory Installed NO or N each contact Transient Suppressor Power ircuit These modifications are generally available in Kit form at lower cost. See specific product sections for Kit listings. onsult factory for prices. Starter Size and dder () NM/I 00/ ontactor/starter for Ring Lug apability dd Mod ode T6 to (Power Terminals Only, ontrol Terminals as Standard) Standalone Overload Relays an Not ccept Ring Lugs on Line Side Factory Installed ust overs Factory Installed 0STVR dd Mod ode - to N N N N N N 0/ F / G K / L N 4/ P S / T U 6/ V 7/ W X 8/ Z

24 -4 Renewal Parts Freedom Line January Vol., Ref. No. [0040] Note: For a complete listing of parts, refer to the Renewal Parts Publication referenced below. Table -. For s N6, N0, N40, N6, N70, N80, N800, N, N and N ontactors and Starters NM Size 00-0 NM Size 00 NM Size 0 Series Series Series Series Series Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Renewal Parts Publication None None None None None ontact Kits -Pole Pole Pole Pole Magnet oils oil Suffix V 60 Hz or V Hz.. 40V 60 Hz or 0V Hz.. V 60 Hz or 440V Hz.. V 60 Hz or V Hz.. 08V 60 Hz V 60 Hz /40V 60Hz V Hz V Hz V Hz V Hz V Hz V 60 Hz 4V Hz V 60 Hz V Hz V Hz V 60 Hz V Hz Magnet Frame rmature H J K L L M N T T U V W Y Lower Magnet Frame Upper Magnet Frame NM Size NM Size NM Size Series Series Series Series Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Renewal Parts Publication ontact Kits -Pole Pole Pole Pole Magnet oils oil Suffix V 60 Hz or V Hz.. 40V 60 Hz or 0V Hz.. V 60 Hz or 440V Hz.. V 60 Hz or V Hz.. 08V 60 Hz V 60 Hz /40V 60Hz V Hz V Hz V Hz V Hz V Hz V 60 Hz 4V Hz V 60 Hz V Hz V Hz V 60 Hz V Hz Magnet Frame rmature H J K L L M N T T U V W Y Lower Magnet Frame Upper Magnet Frame Replace with complete contactor. N = Size 00, N and N = Size 0, NG = Size, NK = Size, NN = Size 4, and NS = Size iscount Symbol

25 January Vol., Ref. No. [004] Renewal Parts Freedom Line - Note: For a complete listing of parts, refer to the Renewal Parts Publication referenced below. Table -. For s N6, N0, N40, N6, N70, N80, N800, N, N and N ontactors and Starters (ontinued) NM Size 4 NM Size NM Size 6 Series Series Series Series Series Series Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Renewal Parts Publication ontact Kits -Pole Pole Magnet oils oil Suffix V 60 Hz or V Hz V 60 Hz or 0V Hz V 60 Hz or 440V Hz V 60 Hz or V Hz V 60 Hz V 60 Hz /40V 60Hz V Hz V Hz V Hz V Hz V Hz V 60 Hz 4V Hz V 60 Hz V Hz V Hz V 60 Hz V Hz N = Size 00, N and N = Size 0, NG = Size, NK = Size, NN = Size 4, and NS = Size. onsult factory. H J K L L M N T T U V W Y , ,9.00, Overload Relays For replacement on existing starters -Pole mbient ompensated imetallic N 06N N 06N 70. urrent Transformer Magnet Frame rmature Lower Magnet Frame Upper Magnet Frame NM Size 7 NM Size 8 Series Series Series Series Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Renewal Parts Publication ontact Kits -Pole Pole Magnet oils oil Suffix V 60 Hz or V Hz V 60 Hz or 0V Hz V 60 Hz or 440V Hz V 60 Hz or V Hz V 60 Hz V 60 Hz /40V 60Hz V Hz V Hz V Hz V Hz V Hz V 60 Hz 4V Hz V 60 Hz V Hz V Hz V 60 Hz V Hz H J K L L M N T T U V W Y , , ,.00,.00,.00,.00,.00,.00 Overload Relays For replacement on existing starters -Pole mbient ompensated imetallic 06N 06N N 06N 70. Magnet Frame rmature Lower Magnet Frame Upper Magnet Frame iscount Symbol

26 -6 imensions Freedom Line January Vol., Ref. No. [004] Non-reversing ontactors Table -4. pproximate imensions and Shipping Weights Open Type NM Size of Poles 4 4 imensions in Inches (mm) Wide.7 (44.).7 (44.).6 (6.0).44 (87.4) 4. (9.7) 4.08 (.6) 7.0 (79.) 7.0 (79.) 8.6 (9.).0 (79.9).00 (0.) High.88 (98.6).88 (98.6).0 (8.).0 (8.).0 (8.) 7.7 (8.) 9. (.4). (.).4 (4.9) 9.0 (490.) 4. (6.) eep.49 (88.6).49 (88.6) 4.44 (.8) 4.44 (.8) 4.44 (.8).94 (.9) 7. (84.) 7.78 (97.6) 8.88 (.6).46 (9.).6 (46.) enter mounting slot at bottom supplied only on Size 00 and 0 contactors. Mounting F G. (8.). (8.).00 (.8).00 (.8).00 (.8).00 (76.) 6.00 (.4) 6.00 (.4) 4. (.0) 6.89 (7.0) 4. (7.).8 (8.9).8 (8.9) 4. (4.) 4. (4.) 4. (4.) 6.6 (68.4) 8. (.9). (7.) 8.6 (9.).0 (79.9) 4.86 (77.4) 4.6 (7.) 4.6 (7.).80 (47.).80 (47.).80 (47.).4 (.7).4 (.7).4 (.7).4 (.7).4 (.7) Ship Wt. Lbs. (kg).7 (.8).8 (.8). (.4).6 (.6) 4.0 (.8) 8. (.9) 0.0 (9.).0 (.4).0 (.9) 0.0 (4.4) 60.0 (7.6) G G F G G F G G F U X Top Mtd. ux. U X Top Mtd. ux. Side Mtd. ux. U X Top Mtd. ux. U X Top Mtd. ux. Side Mtd. ux. U X Top Mtd. ux. U X Top Mtd. ux. Side Mtd. ux. uxiliary ontacts Mtg. Holes for #- Screws Sizes 00, - to 4-Pole uxiliary ontacts Mtg. Holes for #- Screws Sizes 0, - and -Pole uxiliary ontacts Mtg. Holes for #- Screws Sizes 0, - and -Pole G G F U X Top Mtd. ux. U X Top Mtd. ux. Side Mtd. ux. Side Mtd. ux. uxiliary ontacts Mtg. Holes for #- Screws Sizes, -Pole Mtg. Holes for () /4-0 Screws Size Mtg. Holes for () Screws Sizes 4 Mtg. Holes for () /6-8 Screws Size 6 Mtg. Slots for () /6-8 Screws Figure -. pproximate imensions

27 January Vol., Ref. No. [004] imensions Freedom Line -7 Reversing ontactors Table -. pproximate imensions and Shipping Weights Open Type NM Size imensions in Inches (mm) Wide 4.0 (6.7).7 (4.0) 8.70 (.0) 4.68 (7.9) 4. (68.) 9.77 (.) 8.00 (7.) 0. (76.) Includes cross wiring. High 4. (.).0 (8.) 7.7 (8.) 9. (.4). (.) 6.6 (4.9) 6.7 (679.) 9.00 (990.6) eep. (89.4) 4.44 (.8).94 (.9) 7. (84.) 7.78 (97.6) 9.90 (.).7 (.9) 4.69 (7.) Mounting F G. (88.9). (.4) 7.00 (77.8). (4.9). (4.9) 8.00 (47.).7 (.9) 4. (8.9).86 (98.0).6 (9.) 6.6 (68.4) 8. (.9). (9.).00 (04.8).00 (79.4).00 (8.0) 4.90 (4.).80 (47.).4 (.7).4 (.7) Ship Wt. Lbs. (kg). (.) 7.8 (.) 7.0 (7.7) 47.0 (.) 6.0 (8.6) 80.0 (6.) 60.0 (8.0).0 (8.9) G G F U X Top Mtd. ux. Top Mtd. ux. UX Top Mtd. ux. Side Mtd. ux. uxiliary ontacts Mtg. Holes for () #- Screws Sizes 00 Size Mtg. for (4) /4-0 Screws Mtg. Holes for () /4-0 Screws Sizes 4 Mtg. Holes for (6) /- Screws Open Type Sizes 7 8 Horizontal Size 6 Mtg. Holes for (4) /8-6 Screws Figure -. pproximate imensions

28 -8 imensions Freedom Line January Vol., Ref. No. [0044] Non-reversing Starters Table -6. pproximate imensions and Shipping Weights Open Type NM Size 00 0 P imensions in Inches (mm) Wide.80 (4.7).6 (6.0).6 (6.0) 4.08 (.6) 7.0 (79.) 7.00 (77.8) 9.47 (40.). (84.). (84.) High 6.60 (67.6) 7.08 (79.8) 8.08 (0.). (88.).06 (06.) 7.77 (4.4).69 (.9) 9. (79.9) 4. (876.) eep. (89.4) 4.44 (.8) 4.44 (.8).94 (.9) 7. (84.) 7.76 (97.) 9.90 (.).64 (.).00 (8.0) Mounting F G.00 (.8).00 (.8).00 (76.) 6.00 (.4) 6.00 (.4). (78.7). (6.6). (6.6) 6.07 (4.) 6.6 (68.4) 7.6 (9.8).8 (74.6) 8. (.9) 6.00 (406.4) 8.00 (47.). (9.8) 6.7 (4.) 4.90 (4.).80 (47.).80 (47.).4 (.7).4 (.7).4 (.7) Ship. Wt. Lbs. (kg). (.0) 4. (.0) 4.7 (.).0 (.0).0 (.4) 6.0 (6.) 7.0 (4.).0 (4.).0 (9.) G G Top Mtd. ux. F G G Top Mtd. ux. F U X Top Mtd. ux. U X Side Mtd. ux. U X Top Mtd. ux. U X Side Mtd. ux. L uxiliary ontacts. (.) L uxiliary ontacts Mtg. Holes for #- Screws Sizes 00 0 Mtg. Holes for #- Screws Sizes G ux. ux. ont. Mtg. Holes for () /4-0 Screws Size Mtg. Holes for /4-0 Screws Size 4 Mtg. Holes for /4-0 Screws Size Mtg. Holes for (4) /8-6 Screws Size 6 Mtg. Holes for /- Screws Sizes 7 8 Figure -. pproximate imensions Holding circuit contact for Size 00 occupies 4th power pole position no increase in width.

29 January Vol., Ref. No. [004] imensions Freedom Line -9 Reversing Starters Table -7. pproximate imensions and Shipping Weights Open Type NM Size imensions in Inches (mm) Wide 4.0 (6.7).7 (4.0).7 (4.0) 8.70 (.0) 4.68 (7.9) 4. (68.) 9.77 (.) 8.06 (7.7) 0.8 (77.7) High 7.8 (87.) 7.08 (79.8) 8.08 (0.). (88.).06 (06.) 7.77 (4.4).6 (74.8). (86.) 4. (4.) Includes cross wiring overhang. eep. (89.4) 4.44 (.8) 4.44 (.8).94 (.9) 7. (84.) 7.76 (97.) 9.90 (.).70 (.6) 4.70 (7.4) Mounting F G. (88.9). (.4). (.4) 7.00 (77.8). (4.9). (4.9) 8.00 (47.).7 (.9) 4. (8.9) 6.87 (74.).7 (46.) 6.7 (7.).8 (74.6) 8. (.9) 6.00 (406.4).00 (04.8). (9.8) 6.7 (4.). (78.7) 8.00 (47.) 4.90 (4.).80 (47.).80 (47.).4 (.7).4 (.7).4 (.7) Ship.Wt. Lbs. (kg).6 (.6) 8. (.8) 8. (.9) 0.0 (9.) 49.0 (.) 68.0 (0.9) 90.0 (40.9) 7.0 (79.) 40.0 (9.) L G G F U X Top Mtd. ux. L Top Mtd. ux. U X Top Mtd. ux. Side Mtd. ux. uxiliary ontacts Mtg. Holes for () /4-0 Screws Size. (.) Mtg. Holes for () #- Screws Sizes 00 Mtg. Holes for (4) /4-0 Screws Sizes 4 Mtg. Holes for (6) /8-6 Screws Size 6 Mtg. Holes for (6) /- Screws Open Type Sizes 7 8 Horizontal Figure -4. pproximate imensions See catalog listings for type and location of auxiliary contacts supplied with a particular starter.

30 -0 imensions Freedom Line January Vol., Ref. No. [0046] Reversing Starters Vertical onstruction Table -8. pproximate imensions and Shipping Weights N6V Open Vertical Starter NM Size imensions in Inches (mm) Wide High eep Mounting Wide High Wire Zone Ship. Wt. Lbs. (kg) (8.0) 4. (8.0) 4. (8.0) 9. (.0) 9.08 (.6).0 (06.).0 (06.).0 (06.) 6.7 (4.) 9.84 (.9) Wire overhang.00 mm left, mm right..84 (97.).86 (98.0).86 (98.0).8 (.6).8 (.6).00 (.8).00 (.8).00 (.8) 7. (8.6) 8.00 (0.). (9.). (9.). (9.) 6.07 (408.) 8. (470.).00 (.4).00 (.4). (8.) 4.0 (.8) 9.0 (4.) 9. (4.).0 (9.).0 (.7) F F Mtg. Holes for () #- Screws NM Size 0 Mtg. Holes for () #- Screws NM Sizes F F F F Mtg. Holes for () /4-0 Screws NM Size Mtg. Holes for (4) /4-0 Screws NM Size 4 Figure -. pproximate imensions

31 January Vol., Ref. No. [0047] imensions Freedom Line - Multispeed Starters Table -9. pproximate imensions and Shipping Weights N700 Open Vertical Starter NM Size imensions in Inches (mm) Wide High -Speed Selective ontrol Separate Winding ().66 (44).66 (44) 8.7 () 4.68 (7) 4. (68) 7.8 (88) 7.08 (80) 8.08 (0). (88).06 (06) 7.8 (4) -Speed Selective ontrol Reconnectable Winding (9) 8.97 (8) 8.90 (6) 6.00 (406).46 (9) 7.06 (79) 7. (8) 8.6 (9).46 (4).00 (787) eep. (89) 4.4 () 4.4 ().89 () 7. (84) 7.76 (97).8 (8) 4.7 () 4.7 () 6.8 (6) 7.74 (97) Mounting Wide. (89). (). () 7.00 (78). (4). (4) 6.6 (68) 6.6 (68) 8.40 ().00 (8). (4) High 6.87 (7).7 (46) 6.7 (6).8 (7) 8. (6) 6.00 (406) 6. (6) 6. (6) 8. (06). () 0.00 (76) Wire Zone F.89 (). ().6 (4).77 (4).9 () 4.6 (6). ().04 (6).0 (6).4 ().84 (47) Ship Wt. Lbs. (kg) 4. (.0) 9.0 (4.).0 (4.) 4.0 (.9).0 (4.) 7.0 (.) 6.0 (.7).0 (4.).0 (.0).0 (4.) 7.0 (.7) F F F Size 0 Multispeed Starter -Speed, -Winding Size Multispeed Starter -Speed, -Winding Size Multispeed Starter -Speed, -Winding F F Size 4 Multispeed Starter -Speed, -Winding Size Multispeed Starter -Speed, -Winding F F F Size 0 Multispeed Starter -Speed, -Winding Size Multispeed Starter -Speed, -Winding Size Multispeed Starter -Speed, -Winding F Size Multispeed Starter -Speed, -Winding F Size 4 Multispeed Starter -Speed, -Winding Figure -6. pproximate imensions Mounting holes for () # screws. Mounting holes for () /4-0 screws. Mounting holes for (4) /4-0 screws. Mounting holes for (4) /6 screws. Mounting holes for (4) /8 screws.

32 - Thermal Overload Relays Freedom Line January Vol., Ref. No. [0048] ontents Page Thermal Overload Relays Product Features Operation Technical Information Technical ata Factory Modifications ccessories Replacement Parts imensions Product Selection Heater Pack Selection Shrouded or fingerproof terminals to reduce possibility of electrical shock. Meets UL 8 single-phasing requirements. UL listed, S certified, NM compliance and mark. Operation 06 Overload Relay Setting.0 Service Factor. Service Factor xample of.0 FL setting for heater pack number H0 showing position for.0 or. service factor motors. Test for Trip Indication To test overload relay for trip indication when in manual reset, pull out the blue reset button. n orange flag will appear indicating that the device has tripped. Push reset button in to reset. Warning To provide continued protection against fire or shock hazard, the complete overload relay must be replaced if burnout of the heater element occurs. Technical Information General Overload relays are provided to protect motors, motor control apparatus and motor-branch circuit conductors against excessive heating due to motor overloads and failure to start. This definition does not include: ) motor circuits over V, ) short circuits, ) ground faults and 4) fire pump control. (N rt. 40-) Product 06 Overload Relays are designed for use with or N non-reversing and reversing contactors. Four sizes are available for overload protection up to 44. Features Overload at. No. 06N Selectable Manual or utomatic Reset operation. Interchangeable Heater Packs adjustable ±4% to match motor FL and calibrated for use with.0 and. service factor motors. Heater packs for overload relay will mount in 7 overload relay useful in derating applications such as jogging. lass or 0 heater packs. Load lugs built into relay base. imetallic, ambient compensated operated. Trip free mechanism. lectrically isolated NO-N contacts (pull RST button to test). Overload trip indication. Figure -7. FL ial djustment For motors having a. service factor, rotate the FL adjustment dial to correspond to the motor s FL rating. stimate the dial position when the motor FL falls between two letter values as shown in the example. For motors having a.0 service factor, rotate the FL dial one-half position counterclockwise (W). M Figure -8. Manual/utomatic Reset The overload relay is factory set at M for manual reset operation. For automatic reset operation, turn the reset adjustment dial to the position as shown in the illustration. utomatic reset is not intended for two-wire control devices. xample of setting for manual reset. Time urrent haracteristics The time-current characteristics of an overload relay is an expression of performance which defines its operating time at various multiples of its current setting. Tests are run at Underwriters Laboratories (UL) in accordance with NM Standards and the N. UL requires: When tested at 0 percent of its current rating, the overload relay shall trip ultimately. When tested at percent of its current rating, the overload relay shall trip in not more than 8 minutes. When tested at percent of the current rating, the overload relay shall trip in not more than or 0 seconds, depending on the lass of the relay. urrent Rating is defined as the minimum current at which the relay will trip. Per N, an overload must ultimately trip at % of FL current (heater) setting for a. service factor motor and % FL for a.0 service factor motor. urrent Setting is defined as the FL (Full Load mperes) of the motor and thus the overload heater pack setting. xample: % of current rating is defined as 7% ( x.) of FL current (heater) setting for a. service factor motor. heater setting must trip in 0 seconds or less at 7 motor current for a lass 0 relay.

33 January Vol., Ref. No. [0049] Thermal Overload Relays Freedom Line -,000, Trip Time (Seconds) From old Start From Hot Start Trip Time (Seconds) From old Start From Hot Start Multiples of urrent Setting lass Overload Relay Open Rating Multiples of urrent Setting lass 0 Overload Relay Open Rating Figure -9. lass and lass 0 Trip urves Technical ata Table -60. Wire (7 ) Sizes WG or kcmil NM Sizes 00, I K Open I Size NM Size Power Terminals Line,,,, F G, H, J, K 00 0 u Only 6 Stranded, 4 Solid 8 6 Stranded, 4 Solid 8 4 Stranded or Solid 4 (Upper) and/or 6 4 (Lower) Stranded or Solid Power Terminals Load u Only (Stranded or Solid) Terminal Wire Size 06N 4 6 WG 06GN 7 4 WG ontrol Terminals u Only 6 WG Stranded, 4 WG Solid Two compartment box lug. Table -6. Wire (7 ) Sizes WG or kcmil NM Sizes 8, I L N Open I Size NM Size Wire Size Power Terminals Line and Load L M N /0 4 u/l /0 8 u/l /0 8 u/l 4 Open /0 8 u nclosed kcmil 6 u/l ontrol Terminals u Only 6 WG Stranded, 4 WG Solid 7 kcmil or () kcmil /0 u/l () 7 kcmil /0 u/l () 7 kcmil /0 u/l Table -6. Power Terminal Torque Line and Load Terminals Terminal Torque in lb-in 06T GT (4 WG) 40 (8 WG) 4 (6 4 WG) ( WG) 06KN (Socket Head Screw) (/6) (/4) (/6) 44 06NN (Socket Head Screw) (/6) (/4) (/6) (Slotted Head Screw) (4 WG) 40 (8 WG) 4 (6 4 WG) ( /0 WG) Table -6. Plugging and Jogging Service Horsepower Ratings NM Size V V V V / 7-/ 60 / -/ / / Maximum horsepower where operation is interrupted more than times per minute or more than times in a minute period. NM standard IS -99 table -4-.

34 -4 Thermal Overload Relays Freedom Line January Vol., Ref. No. [00] Technical ata (ontinued) Table -64. Overload Relay UL/S ontact Ratings ontrol ircuit Volts V 40V V V N ontact Make and reak mps reak mps..7.6 ontinuous mps NO ontact Make and reak mps 7..7 reak mps ontinuous mps.... ratings cover Freedom Series coils only. Factory Modifications 06 Thermal Overload Relays with Mounting dapter onsists of a thermal overload relay mounted to a terminal base adapter permits fast and easy installation. Table -6. Product Selection 06N + 06T 06GN + 06T ccessories IN Rail and Panel Mounting dapter These adapters are required when component overload relays are to be separately mounted. The terminal base adapter includes line terminals and connects with the overload relays on Page -6. Table -66. Product Selection For Overload Relay For 7 Overload Relay 06T 06GT at. No. 06T 06T. 06T 0. This Series adapter will accept Series or overload relays (06GN or 06GN), 06T can only be used with 06GN. Locking over for Overload Relay 06 Only Snap-on transparent or opaque plastic panel for covering access port to the overload relay trip setting dial helps prevent accidental or unauthorized changes to trip and reset setting. Table -67. Product Selection Replacement Parts Heater Pack Replacement For replacement of heater packs with built-in load lugs. Series or prior heater packs have load lugs built in. Min. Order Qty. (Std. Pkg.) Table -68. Heater Pack Requirements lear cover, no accessibility 0P.86 Gray cover, no accessibility 0P4.86 w/uto only nib Gray cover, no accessibility, 0P.86 w/manual only nib Gray cover with FL dial 0P6.86 accessibility,,,, positions and uto only nib Gray cover with FL dial accessibility,,,, positions and Manual only nib 0P7.86 xisting Heater Pack s H- H04- H- H04- H- H- H0- H07- H08- H04- H4- H7- Product Required Superseded Series Heater Pack Order identical Heater Pack see note below Order identical Heater Pack H0- H07- hoose Heater Pack from table below Note: When inventory of the previous series heater packs is exhausted, a Series replacement kit will be provided under the same catalog number. This kit will include the equivalent Series heater pack, 06KL- lug adapters and installation instructions. This kit can be used in Series l overload relays that do not have load lugs built in. Table -69. Heater Pack Ratings Motor Full Load mpere Rating ial Position Order Heater Pack H0- H06- H iscount Symbol

35 January Vol., Ref. No. [00] Thermal Overload Relays Freedom Line - Overload Relay Lug dapter Kit Overload Relay Replacement Series Only When replacing a 06N (Part No ) or 06GN (-69) Series overload relay on a starter, order a Series overload relay and Series heater packs. These kits are used in conjunction with s H H04 or H H4 heater packs as a means of utilizing these Series heater packs in s 06N and 06GN Series l overload relays. The kit consists of lug adapters and installation instructions. When installing Series heater packs plus lug adapters in Series overload relays, refer to heater pack FL adjustment tables originally supplied with equipment (also supplied with kit). Table -70. Product Selection Overload Relay Lug at. No. 06KL- Overload Relay Lug dapter Kit Superseded Series Overload Relay at. No. 06N Superseded 7 Series Overload Relay at. No. 06GN Series l Overload Relay Lug dapter Kit 06KL- 6.7 imensions Table -7. Stand-lone Overload Relays pproximate imensions and Shipping Weight mpere Size imensions in Inches (mm) Wide High eep Mounting F (Slot) G (Hole) Ship. Wt. Lbs. (kg) 7 & (4.0).4 (64.) 4.00 (.6) 4. (4.9) 4.69 (9.) 7.7 (8.).69 (9.7).74 (9.0) 4.9 (4.7).6 (4.).00 (.8).00 (76.).74 (9.0).4 (87.6) 6.6 (68.).8 x.0 (4.6 x 7.6). x.6 (.6 x 6.6).8 (4.6) ia.. (.) ia..8 (.4).4 (.6) 4.0 (.8) Stand-lone Overload Relays G F and 7 Sizes 06T and 06GT Mtg. Holes for () /4-0 Screws and 44 Sizes 06KN and 06NN Figure -0. pproximate imensions Stand-lone Overload Relays iscount Symbol

36 -6 Thermal Overload Relays Freedom Line January Vol., Ref. No. [00] Product Selection 7 Overload at. No. 06GN Table Thermal Overload Relays For Use with Freedom Series ontactors Maximum mpere Rating of Poles Open Type NM I NM nclosed 00, 0, 4 8 F G K L M N N 06GN 06KN 06NN G 06GG NM Sizes 8 use the overload in conjunction with Ts. Series overload relays have load lugs built into relay base and will only accept Series heater packs. These relays can be directly attached to contactor or they can be IN rail mounted using adapter on Page -4. These relays can be panel mounted only Table -7. Starters with Series Overload Relays NM N Type I Type Size Series Size Series Heater Pack H H07 Heater Pack H H7 Heater Pack H08 H F G K Note: The series of a starter is the last digit of the listed. XMPL: N6N0. Heater Pack Selection Heater packs H to H07 and H to H7 are to be used only with Series overload relays s 06N (Part No. -706) and 06GN (Part No. -700). The load lugs are built into the overload relay base to allow load wiring prior to heater pack installation. The previous heater design had integral load lugs. The Series heater packs are electrically equivalent to the previous heater design. Heaters H08- to H04- have not changed. Technical ata Pages - -4 imensions Page - Replacement Parts Pages -4 - iscount Symbol

37 January Vol., Ref. No. [00] Thermal Overload Relays Freedom Line -7 Table -74. Standard Trip lass 0 Heater Selection Overload Relay Size Motor Full Load mpere Rating ial Position (Includes Heater Packs) For Use with NM Sizes 00 0 Series, NM Sizes Series ; I Sizes F Series, I Sizes G K Series or For Use with NM Size, I Sizes G K Only Series For Use with NM Sizes 4, I Sizes L N Only Series or H- H- H- H4- H- H6- H7- H8- H9- H0- H0- H0- H0- H04- H0- H06- H07- H0- H06- H07- H08- H09- H00- H0- H0- H0- H04- For Use with Size Starters Series and I P, R and S with 00/ T H4- H- H6- H7- H8- For Use with Size 6 Starters Only Series and I T V with / T H- H6- H7- H8- For Use with Size 7 Starters Only Series and I W X with 00/ T H4- H- H6- H7- H8- For Use with Size 8 Starters Only Series and I Z with 0/ T H4- H- H6- H7- H8- Heater packs are shipped to a carton. s and prices are for heater packs. Sizes 8 and I P Z use the overload relay with current transformers Table -7. Fast Trip lass Heater Selection Overload Motor Full Load mpere Rating Relay Size ial Position (Includes Heater Packs) For Use with NM Sizes 00 0 Series, NM Sizes Series ; I Sizes F Series, I Sizes G K Series or For Use with NM Size, I Sizes G K Only Series H- H- H- H4- H- H6- H7- H8- H9- H- H- H- H- H4- H- H6- H7- Heater packs are shipped to a carton. s and prices are for heater packs. Sizes 8 and I P Z use the overload relay with current transformers For Use with Size Starters Only Series and I P, R and S with 00/ T H4- H- H6- H7- H8- For Use with Size 6 Starters Only Series and I T V with / T H- H6- H7- H8- For Use with Size 7 Starters Only Series and I W X with 00/ T H4- H- H6- H7- H8- For Use with Size 8 Starters Only Series and I Z with 0/ T H4- H- H6- H7- H iscount Symbol

38 -8 urrent Sensing Protective Relay Freedom Line January Vol., Ref. No. [004] ontents Page urrent Sensing Protective Relay Product Features enefits Standards and ertifications imensions Product Selection IQ Product The IQ0 is a heaterless, currentsensing, solid-state motor protective relay with optional communications capabilities. Several functions are incorporated into the base relay (IQ/IQ4) as standard: Overload (overcurrent) protection Phase unbalance and phase loss protection Ground current protection (lass II) The base relay can serve as the initial building block for a motor protection system by adding the IQ0M Special Function Module. The module can address application related motor load functions with the additional features: Underload protection Long acceleration Jam protection Load control The IQ0 can provide a cost-effective alternative to conventional protective relays such as current relays, ground fault relays and phase loss or phase unbalance relays. Used with the PowerNet system, a low-cost, local area communication network, information such as current values, status, setpoint values and cause of trip can be displayed remotely. The IQ0 relay is ideal for a variety of industrial applications such as mining, timber, material handling, air conditioning compressors, wastewater treatment plants and petrochemical industries. Features Overload class is adjustable using IP switches for,, 0 or 0 seconds, maximum trip times at six times rated current esigned for 00V and less distribution systems Form (NO/N) contact on output relay Isolated alarm relay output contact ommunications capability using IMP network Manual or automatic reset (either a true manual or remote electrical reset) selectable Overload, lass II ground current, phase unbalance and single-phase protection are standard L indication (bi-colored red/ green) for device status, including overload, phase unbalance or ground current trip Special Function Module adds protection for underload and jam conditions, also provides for long acceleration Optional load control feature available with special function module Feed-through current transformer windows for contactors, NM Sizes 4 (for Size and larger, external current transformers can be used) Fits mounting footprint of utler- Hammer MOR relay Panel or starter mountable ause of trip is held in memory through a power loss ell alarm contact available for remote status indication IP switch provided for setting operating frequency or 60 Hz Plug-in terminal block for control power, trip relay and bell alarm relay connections Operating temperature: -0 to 60 (-4 to 40 F) enefits No external current transformers are required since they are internal to the IQ0. IP switches used to select functions and settings on base relay are clearly marked and covered with screw-on plastic covers. On the automatic reset, the reset times can be selected for long (90 second) or short ( second) delay. evice can be set for different motor full load currents without additional parts or modules. Optional enefits With the addition of the IQ0M Special Function Module, the enhanced protection includes jam (overtorque) and underload and provides long acceleration time (high inertia load). The underload and jam protection functions each have independent Form output relays as part of the module. In addition, the underload and jam functions each have their own Ls for status indication. The underload and jam functions also have separate selectable trip levels and adjustable trip-delay and start-delay settings. The IQ0M can be used as a load control module that allows shedding and restoring a particular load that contributes to the load being monitored. The PONI (Product Operated Network Interface) card attaches directly to the base relay or special function module for interfacing with the utler-hammer PowerNet communications system. Localized display can be achieved with the entral Monitoring Unit. Standards and ertifications UL File No. 9

39 January Vol., Ref. No. [00] imensions urrent Sensing Protective Relay Freedom Line (4). (6.) (76.). (8.6).88 (7.).9 (9.) 4. (4.) IQ4.8 (0.6) ia..47 (8.9).9 (4.8) ia..64- Tap Holes.44 (.) ia.. (.7).9.78 (0.) (9.8) 4.88 (4) 4. (4.9) 4. (4.9).7 (69.9).88 (47.8).9 (9.). (.) IQ0L and IQ. (.7) ia..47 (8.9) Figure -. pproximate imensions in Inches (mm) Product Selection Table -76. urrent Sensing Protective Relay Maximum Horsepower V V 47V mpere Rating ontrol Voltage /V /60 Hz 0/40V /60 Hz 0.4 to 66 IQ IQ to 07 IQ4 IQ to.4 IQ0L IQ0L 64. Special Function Module IQ0M 9. an be used with external Ts having secondary. iscount Symbol

40 -40 -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Freedom Line January Vol., Ref. No. [006] ontents Page -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Product Features Standards and ertifications Modification odes ontrol Power Transformer Kits over ontrol Selection Product Selection Non-combination Starters Product Selection ombination Starters with isconnect Switch.. -8 Product Selection ombination Starters with HMP N08 Product The Freedom Series starters feature a compact, space-saving design, using state-of-the-art technology and the latest in high strength, impact and temperature resistant insulating materials. Starters are available in two rating/configuration styles NM (National lectrical Manufacturers ssociation) and I (International lectrotechnical ommission). The NM devices are sized based on traditional NM classifications and the I devices on international ratings. Internationally rated starters, as compared to NM devices, generally are physically down-sized to provide higher ratings in a smaller package. However, electrical load/life ratings are correspondingly reduced. areful consideration should be given to the selection of the proper device for a specific application. Parameters, such as type of load, severity of duty, electrical load/life cycles required, etc., must be evaluated before choosing either the I or NM designs. Since the I devices are typically smaller than the equivalent NM device, there is a cost advantage over the NM starters and contactors. Features single family of starters suitable for application in both the I and NM markets. Two lines, One family the best of both worlds. djustable imetallic mbient ompensated Overload Relays with interchangeable heater packs available in three basic sizes, covering applications up to 900 hp reducing the number of different contactor/overload relay combinations that have to be stocked. Fixed heater overloads optional. full line of snap-on accessories common to both I and NM devices top and side mounted auxiliary contacts, solid-state and pneumatic timers, etc. Straight-through wiring line lugs at top, load lugs at bottom. Horizontal or vertical mounting on upright panel for application freedom. Screw type power terminals have captive, backed-out self-lifting pressure plates with ± screws reduced wiring time. ccessible terminals for easy wiring. Optional fingerproof shields available to prevent electrical shock. Top located coil terminals convenient and readily accessible. 4 mm contactor magnet coils have three terminals, permitting either top or diagonal wiring easy to replace uropean or U.S. style starters or contactors without changing wiring layout. ncapsulated dual voltage/ frequency magnet coils permanently marked with voltage, frequency and part number. I sizes F have non-encapsulated coils as standard, encapsulated as optional. esigned to meet or exceed NM, UL, S, I, V, S and other international standards and listings. merican engineering and manufacturing built in the U.S.. by aton orp./utler-hammer, using the latest in statistical process control methods to produce high quality, reliable products. Standards and ertifications ertified Type oordination utler-hammer Freedom Series I starters and NM starters are UL ertified to achieve I 947 Type coordination against 0,000 short circuit fault currents. ny brand of properly selected fuse can be used. Type coordination means that the starter will be suitable for further use following a short circuit fault. ISO 900 ertification When you turn to utler-hammer Products, you turn to quality. The International Standards Organization (ISO) has established a series of standards acknowledged by 9 industrialized nations to bring harmony to the international quest for quality. The ISO certification process covers 0 quality system elements in design, production and installation that must conform to achieve registration. The nclosed ontrol is manufactured in our Fayetteville, N plant, and this facility is registered ISO 900. This commitment to quality results in increased product reliability and total customer satisfaction. Freedom NM starters are designed to NM standards and are extremely rugged products built for any application. Their long electrical/mechanical life is extended through easy maintainability. Meets and exceeds all NM, UL and S standards. Sized based on standard NM classifications. esigned and built for a variety of demanding applications. asy coil change and inspectable/ replaceable contacts. djustable/interchangeable heater packs for flexibility. vailable Open and in NM, R, 4/4X, 7/9 and enclosures. Short ircuit Protection Fuses and Inverse-Time ircuit reakers may be selected per rticle 40, Part of the National lectrical ode to protect motor branch circuits from fault conditions. If higher ratings or settings are required to start the motor, do not exceed the maximum as listed in xception No., rticle 40-.

41 January Vol., Ref. No. [007] -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Freedom/dvantage/IT/F9 Lines -4 Modification odes Table -77. mmeters, uxiliary ontacts, ccelerating Relays, M over ontrol Modifications Modification Suffix mmeter Panel Type Wired to urrent Transformer in Line, NM, Top Mounted uxiliary ontacts (Unwired) NM Sizes 00 only (Unwired) I Sizes K Only (Unwired) Freedom Series Panel Type Wired to urrent Transformer in Line, NM R, 4X Panel Type, Selector Switch and urrent Transformers Wired to mmeter via Switch, NM, Panel Type, Selector Switch and urrent Transformers Wired to mmeter via Switch, NM R, 4X Miniature (Single-Phase), NM, Miniature with Selector Switch, NM, Switchboard (Single-Phase), NM, Switchboard (Single-Phase), NM R, 4X Switchboard with Selector Switch. NM, Switchboard with Selector Switch. NM R, 4X -Panel Type (Single-Phase), NM, -Panel Type (Single-Phase), NM R, 4X Miniature (Single-Phase), NM, R, 4X, Switchboard Type (Single-Phase). NM, Switchboard Type (Single-Phase). NM R, 4X mmeter Order by, NM, R, 4X, dder 94.,.,47.,. 67.,080.,.,80.,7.,.,80.,.,0.,970. 4,. NO 7. 4 N 7. NO-N NO N NO-N. 9 NO-N. 0 NO. N. NO-N 9. NO-N 9. 4 NO-N 9. 4NO N 9. Table -77. mmeters, uxiliary ontacts, ccelerating Relays, M over ontrol Modifications (ontinued) Modification Side Mounted uxiliary ontacts Freedom Series (dvantage use Mod odes 6 40) (M) Full Voltage ON/OFF/UTO. Reversing Status Only with RST Reversing FORWR/RVRS/STOP 49. Reversing FORWR/RVRS/. STOP/HO 6 -Speed Status Only with RST Speed FST/SLOW/STOP Speed FST/SLOW/STOP/HO. 9 Reduced Voltage Status Only with 8. RST 60 Reduced Voltage STRT/STOP Reduced Voltage STRT/STOP/HO Reduced Voltage ON/OFF/UTO Metering Module M Order by Oversize enclosure will be provided for IT Starters. onsult factory for price. Top mounted auxiliary contacts cannot be added to contactors in ox (NM ). Not available for IT Starters. NM / only. Suffix dder 7 NO 7. 8 N 7. 9 NO-N NO 49. N 49. NO-N. NO-N. 4 NO. N. 6 NO-N 9. 7 NO-N 9. 8 NO-N NO 9. 4 ontacts Mounted on Operating 40 4N 9. uxiliary. ontacts Mechanism of isconnect Switch, NO-N ccelerating Relay dvantage ontrol Module 4 ontacts Mounted on Operating Mechanism of isconnect Switch, NO-N With uxiliary ontact Omitted 4 With Set of uxiliary ontacts (NO-N) Plus Tie Points, Unwired per ontactor (dvantage) For -Speed, NO/N 4V uxiliary Relay IT Only Full Voltage Status Only with RST 87. Full Voltage STRT/STOP 46. Full Voltage STRT/STOP/HO 94. iscount Symbol

42 -4 -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Freedom/dvantage/IT/F9 Lines January Vol., Ref. No. [008] Modification odes (ontinued) Table -78. reaker Modifications, ackspin Timer, Undervoltage Release, ell larm, us hoke Modification Suffix reaker NO-N uxiliary ontact on reaker NO-N uxiliary ontacts on reaker Shunt Trip on ircuit reaker 48 7V or 4 Shunt Trip on ircuit reaker 9 4V or Shunt Trip on ircuit reaker 80 80V 6 Shunt Trip on ircuit reaker 4 V or 0 V dder Table -79. ontrol Power Transformer, ontrol Relays, over ontrol (not elsewhere defined), urrent Transformers, ompelling Relay, ontrol Wiring, ontrol ircuit reaker, Separate ontrol, ustomer-supplied omponents, ontactors, ounter, -Stop Relay, / Interface, Separate Source isconnect, ypass ontactors Undervoltage Release for reaker urrent Limiter Mounted to reaker 69. reaker Order by ackspin Timer 80 Seconds. Undervoltage Release 4 Undervoltage Release for ircuit reaker 08 40V Undervoltage Release for ircuit reaker 80 V Undervoltage Release for ircuit 69. reaker V ell larm 6 ell larm for ircuit reaker 69. us hoke 0 us hoke, Open ore and oil (F9) 40V /4 hp / hp hp hp hp hp V / hp hp hp hp hp onsult factory for price. bus choke may be used in place of an line reactor for line harmonic current reduction and for power source exceeding 0 kv. The bus choke will not provide any protection for line voltage unbalance or transients. Modification ontrol Power Transformers Make sure 8th character specifies primary/ secondary voltage. See Page -. Suffix Standard Size ontrol Transformer, V/60 Hz, V/ Hz Secondary with Primary and Secondary Fuse dder H J K L M N P S Standard Size ontrol Transformer, 4V/60 Hz Secondary with Primary and Secondary Fuse H J K L M N P S Table -79. ontrol Power Transformer, ontrol Relays, over ontrol (not elsewhere defined), urrent Transformers, ompelling Relay, ontrol Wiring, ontrol ircuit reaker, Separate ontrol, ustomer-supplied omponents, ontactors, ounter, -Stop Relay, / Interface, Separate Source isconnect, ypass ontactors (ontinued) Modification ontrol Power Transformers Make sure 8th character specifies primary/ secondary voltage. See Page -. Suffix 4 V xtra apacity PT V/60 Hz, V/ Hz with Primary and Secondary dder H J K L M N P S V xtra apacity PT, V/60 Hz, V/ Hz Secondary with Primary and Secondary Fuse H J K L M N P S V xtra apacity PT, 4V/60 Hz Secondary with Primary and Secondary Fuse H J K L M N P S V xtra apacity PT, V/60 Hz, V/ Hz Secondary with Primary and Secondary Fuse H J K L M N P S V xtra apacity PT, 4V/60 Hz Secondary with Primary and Secondary Fuse H J K L M N P S V xtra apacity PT, V/60 Hz, V/ Hz Secondary with Primary and Secondary Fuse H J K L M N P S V xtra apacity PT, V/60 Hz, V/ Hz Secondary with Primary and Secondary Fuse H J K L M N P S ,00.,6.,6.,6. 9 kv xtra apacity PT, V/60 Hz,,. V/ Hz Secondary with Primary and Secondary Fuse kv xtra apacity PT, V/60 Hz,,67. V/ Hz Secondary with Primary and Secondary Fuse ontrol Transformer Order by 4 PT with Power Supply for IT 99. ontrol Relays 4-Pole Interposing Relay, V 7. (NO/N) Run Relay, 4V (F9). onsult factory for price. iscount Symbol

43 January Vol., Ref. No. [009] -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Freedom/dvantage/IT/F9 Lines -4 Modification odes (ontinued) Table -79. ontrol Power Transformer, ontrol Relays, over ontrol (not elsewhere defined), urrent Transformers, ompelling Relay, ontrol Wiring, ontrol ircuit reaker, Separate ontrol, ustomer-supplied omponents, ontactors, ounter, -Stop Relay, / Interface, Separate Source isconnect, ypass ontactors (ontinued) Modification ontrol Relays (ontinued) Suffix dder 4 4-Pole, Unwired, Rtg. NO-N 6. 8-Pole, Unwired, Rtg. 4NO-4N ontrol Relay Order by 0 -Wire ontrol Relay for Magnetic Lighting ontactors over ontrol 7 onvert Position 9 to 0 Type over ontrol 9 Lock-Off ttachment dded on over ontrol urrent Transformer(s) ompelling Relay ontrol Wiring ontrol ircuit reaker Separate ontrol ustomer Supplied omponents ontactor/ Starter 4. 46/J Output ontactor F ,70., ,74. 9,0. 9,890. 9,. 46/J ypass ontactor F ,70., ,74. 9,0. 9,890. 9,. Not available for IT Starters. onsult factory for price. 9. In Phase 469. In Phases and 94. In Phases, Omit ontrol Wiring N/ 7 Separate ontrol V 4V IT Only N/ 0 With Separate ontrol Wiring and Two 49. V Fuses in Holder With ommon ontrol Wiring and 49. Two V (lass ) Fuses in Holder ontrol Wiring Type Order by Order by Wired for Separate ontrol (Reduced Voltage) ustomer Supplied omponents to e Installed ustomer Supplied Wiring iagram to Use ontactor/starter Order by ounter 4 Operations ounter 67. -Stop Relay 4 -Stop Relay (evicenet) 46. / Interface 44 / Interface Module Separate Source isconnect ypass ontactors for IT/F9 Starters (F9: /4 to hp Only) 4 46/J I Separate Source isconnect for ontrol ircuitry N/ Isolation ontactor F ,70., ,74. 9,0. 9,890. 9,. Table -79. ontrol Power Transformer, ontrol Relays, over ontrol (not elsewhere defined), urrent Transformers, ompelling Relay, ontrol Wiring, ontrol ircuit reaker, Separate ontrol, ustomer-supplied omponents, ontactors, ounter, -Stop Relay, / Interface, Separate Source isconnect, ypass ontactors (ontinued) Modification ypass ontactors for IT/F9 Starters (F9: /4 to hp Only) (ontinued) Suffix Includes PT, Pilot Lights, Selector Switch, uxiliary ontacts and ontrol Relay. Table -80. evice Labels, eceleration Relay, rain and reather, uplex Modifications Modification dder 46/J4 Isolation/Output/ypass ontactor F ,40.,9., ,400. 7,40. 0,040. 9,. 46/J -ontactor ypass Pkg. for F9,. Suffix dder evice Labels (each label). ecel. Relay -Speed,00. rain and rain and reather 74. reather 6 rain Only 4. (NM 7/9 nclosure) 7 reather Only 4. uplex Modifications lternator Omitted (educt ) STRT/STOP Pushbuttons 9. Supplied for ach Motor HN/OFF/UTO Selector Switch 9. Supplied for ach Motor 6 No. Lead - No. Lead Selector 4. Switch for Manual Selection of Lead Pump (lternator is Omitted) 7 Red RUN Pilot Light Supplied for. ach Motor 8 Push-to-Test Red RUN Pilot LIght 408. Supplied for ach Motor 9 TST Pushbutton for ach Motor. 0 PT, V Secondary, Pri. Fuses & Sec. Fuse Supplied for a. Motor PT w/0v xtra apacity, V Sec., Pri. Fuses & Sec. Fuse Supplied for a. Motor ,0.,80. PT w/v xtra apacity, V Sec., Pri. Fuses & Sec. Fuse Supplied for a. Motor ,090.,00.,4. PT for uplex Order by escrip. 4 dd Relays to Modify ontroller to 68. Operate w/ Single-Pole Pilot evices dd Relays to Modify ontroller to,0. Operate w/ Single-Pole Pilot evices 6 Green OFF for each starter. 7 Green Push-to-Test OFF for ea. starter 408. Not available for IT Starters. onsult factory for price. iscount Symbol

44 -44 -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Freedom/dvantage/IT/F9 Lines January Vol., Ref. No. [0060] Modification odes (ontinued) Table -8. nclosure Modifications, lapsed Time Meter, uplex Outlet, Starter Modification nclosure Modifications lapsed Time Meter Suffix lapsed Time Meter Order by uplex Outlet onvenience uplex Outlet Mounted. in Side of nclosure Starter Horizontal ombination Starter 8. 4 Narrow ombination Starter 8. Not available for IT Starters. onsult factory for price. Table -8. F Fuse lips, Fuse locks, Fungus Protection, Fingerproof overs, MI Filter Modification dder Oversize nclosure nclosure Order by 8 Service ntrance Rating. Safety oor Interlock 7. 9 Wired cross oil, NM, 88. Wired cross oil, NM R, 4X 660. Suffix Fuse lips F hange Fuse lips in Position to lass J H J K L M N P S F hange Fuse lips in Position to lass H & K (0 & 60 mpere Only) Fuse locks F4 Power Fuses Included Order by MI Filter (F9) F F6 F7 0 mpere ontrol ircuit Fuseholder (KTK) Mounted on Panel (Unwired), Fuse Not Supplied 0 mpere ontrol ircuit Fuseholder Mounted on Panel (Unwired), FNQR Fuse Supplied -Pole Power Fuseholder Mounted on Front ontactor dder V /4 hp hp hp hp hp F -Phase 40V /4 hp / hp hp hp hp The MI filter is not necessary to meet the mark requirements for M when installing the F9 in an country. onsult factory for price. N/ F8 Separate Fusing of ontrol Power 40. Supply IT F lown Fuse Indicator (Not for PF) 9. F lass Fuses F -Phase 40V /4 hp / hp hp hp hp hp Table -8. G Ground Fault Relay, Grounding Modification Suffix Ground Fault G Ground Fault Relay (Wired),. Relay G Ground Fault Relay (Unwired),. Grounding G Special Grounding Order by G6 Ground Fault Protection Omitted N/ (dvantage) G7 Ground Fault Protection & Monitoring,7. Panel onsult factory for price. Table -84. H Heater (Space), Heater Packs Installed Modification Space Heater H Install Heater Packs (Freedom Series) Suffix H dder dder Space Heater and Thermostat 00 H J K L M 7 66 F , N P S ,40.,7.,80. Space Heater and N Interlock 00 H J K L M 7 66 F N P S ,0.,64.,49. H lass 0 lass 49. / H- / H- / H- /4 H4- / H- /6 H6- /7 H7- /8 H8- /9 H9- / H0- / H0- / H0- / H0- /4 H04- / H0- /6 H06- /7 H07- /8 H08- /9 H09- /0 H00- / H0- / H0- / H0- /4 H04- / H- /6 H- /7 H- /8 H4- /9 H- /0 H6- / H7- / H8- / H9- /4 H- / H- /6 H- /7 H- /8 H4- /9 H- /40 H6- /4 H7- iscount Symbol

45 January Vol., Ref. No. [006] -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Freedom/dvantage/IT/F9 Lines -4 Modification odes (ontinued) Table -8. K F9 Keypad Modification Remote Operating Keypads Suffix Table -86. L Lightning rrestor, Lugs, Labels, Line and Load Reactor Modification V /4 hp / hp hp hp hp hp L8 Load Reactor Order by onsult factory for price. If the power source exceeds 0 kv, % line unbalance, or if transient voltages from power factor capacitor switching events are present, an input line reactor must be used. The input line reactor will also reduce line current harmonics. The output line V/T filter is required when the distance from the drive to the motor exceeds feet (m). The total cable run should not exceed 6 feet (m). Table -87. N Nameplates dder K Remote Operating Station isplay 4. K Remote Operating Station nhanced 46. Keypad K Remote Operating Station Keypad and opy Unit 960. Suffix dder Lighting L Installed on Panel 69. rrestor Lugs L9 Special Lugs Order by arton Label L ustomer Marking Specify Line Reactors (F9) Load Reactors (F9) Modification L L L4 % Input Line Reactor, -Phase, Open ore and oil 40V /4 hp / hp hp hp hp hp V /4 hp / hp hp hp hp hp % Input Line Reactor, -Phase, Open ore and oil V /4 hp / hp hp hp hp hp % Input Line Reactor, -Phase, Open ore and oil 40V /4 hp / hp hp hp hp hp V /4 hp / hp hp hp hp hp L % Input Line Reactor, -Phase, Open ore and oil V /4 hp / hp hp hp hp hp L6 Line Reactor Order by L7 Suffix Output Line V/T Filter, Open ore and oil dder Nameplates N nclosure Nameplates. Table -88. P Pilot Lights, Pushbuttons, Phase Relays, Potential Transformers, Program Timer, Percentage Timer, Photocell Modification Push-to-Test Pilot Lights Suffix P Push-to-Test Pilot Light (Red RUN) Wired to oil dder 0. P Push-to-Test Pilot Light (Green OFF) 8. Wired in Series with uxiliary ontact P ombination of P and P bove 48. P4 Push-to-Test Pilot Light (mber RUN) 0. Wired to oil P49 Push-to-Test Pilot Light (Green RUN) 0. P4 Push-to-Test Pilot Light Red 0. YPSS (F9) P Push-to-Test Pilot Light mber 0. INVRTR NL (F9) P6 Push-to-Test Pilot Light Red 0. INVRTR RUNNING (F9) P7 Push-to-Test Pilot Light Green 8. STOP Pushbuttons P MRGNY STOP Mushroom 69. Head P6 Pushbutton Omitted N/ P7 STRT/STOP 9. P8 ON/OFF 9. P9 STRT 9. P ON 9. P OFF 9. P FORWR/RVRS/STOP 69. P FST/SLOW/STOP 69. P4 FST/OFF/SLOW 69. P HIGH/LOW/STOP 69. P6 HIGH/LOW 69. P7 SLOW/FST 69. P8 Pushbutton with Legend Plate P UP/STOP/OWN 69. P OPN/STOP/LOS 69. Pilot Lights P9 With mber Pilot Light Marked 6. POWR VILL Wired to Load Side of Fuses or ircuit reaker P0 Pilot Light (mber RUN) Wired to oil 9. P With Red Pilot Light Marked RUN 9. Wired thru NO uxiliary ontact P With Push-to-Test Red Light Marked 0. RUN Wired thru NO uxiliary ontact P Pilot Light Red RUN 9. P4 Pilot Light Red ON 9. P Pilot Light Green OFF 9. P6 Pilot Light Order by P9 Pilot Light Red STOP 9. Not available for IT Starters. onsult factory for price. iscount Symbol

46 -46 -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Freedom/dvantage/IT/F9 Lines January Vol., Ref. No. [006] Modification odes (ontinued) Table -88. P Pilot Lights, Pushbuttons, Phase Relays, Potential Transformers, Program Timer, Percentage Timer, Photocell (ontinued) Modification Pilot Lights (ontinued) Illuminated Pushbutton Phase Loss Relay Phase Reversal Relay Phase Unbalance Relay Phase Monitoring Relay Suffix Photocell P70 Photoelectric Receptacle with Photocell Not available for IT Starters. onsult factory for price. dder P8 Pilot Light Red YPSS (F9) 9. P9 Pilot Light mber INVRTR 9. NL (F9) P60 Pilot Light Red INVRTR 9. RUNNING (F9) P6 Pilot Light Green STOP 9. P6 FORWR/RVRS Red Pilot Lights. P6 UP/OWN Red Pilot Lights. P64 OPN/LOS Red Pilot Lights. P6 HIGH/LOW Red Pilot Lights. P66 FST/SLOW Red Pilot Lights. P67 Green RUN Light 9. P68 L ulbs (per light). P69 lue OVRLO Light (F9) 9. P7 Illuminated Pushbutton Order by P8 Phase Loss Relay. P0 Phase Reversal Relay. P Phase Unbalance Relay 6. P4 Phase Monitoring Relay,. Phase Loss P6 Phase Loss Protection Omitted (dvantage) P7 Modification to xtend Phase Loss Trip Time to 7 Seconds (dvantage) Potential Transformers Pump ontroller Program Timers Percentage Timers N/ N/ P9 Potential Transformer Wired 8. L L P40 Potential Transformer Wired. L L and L L P4 Potential Transformer Phases. P4 Pump ontroller for IT,00. P4 -Minute Program Timer. P44 4-Hour Program Timer. P4 7-ay Program Timer with ay Omission Feature 700. P47 -Minute Percentage Timer. P48 60-Minute Percentage Timer Table -89. Q IQ Products, WPoni, N Modification Suffix IQ Products Q4 IQ 0 with cable,. Q IQ Q MP000,0. Q IQ 4000,60. IQ ata Q With IQ ata Metering Module,. Metering Module WPoni Q8 WPoni (dvantage) 44. Q9 WTLponi (dvantage). N Q evicenet Input/Output Module,0. Not available for IT Starters. Table -90. R Relays, Resets, Overload Relay Modifications, evicenet Modifications Modification Suffix dder dder Ramp R xtended Ramp of IT 80. Relay R Overvoltage Relay 4. R4 Omit Overload Relay (educt ) F G H J K L M N P S R7 Overload Relay Order by Resets R hange xternal Reset to Internal N/ Reset Hole overed with Plug R6 Internal Reset No Hole Plug N/ R44 Manual Reset Only on Overload Relay 6. R4 uto Reset Only on Overload Relay 6. R47 With Internal Trip Indicator (No xternal. Reset) dvantage R48 xternal Reset with xternal Trip Indicator 97. (dvantage) R49 With larm Module (dvantage). (ell larm) R7 NR Reset oot dded (NM /. Only) Reversing R4 Reversing ontactor/starter evicenet Modification R68 WPONIN evicenet ommunication Interface 9. R69 evicenet Interface Not available for IT Starters. onsult factory for price. iscount Symbol

47 January Vol., Ref. No. [006] -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Freedom/dvantage/IT/F9 Lines -47 Modification odes (ontinued) Table -9. S System Voltage, Selector Switches, Suppressor, Incomplete Sequence Protection, Single-Phase Jumper, Surge apacitor, Speed Potentiometer Modification System Voltage Selection Suffix S System Voltage Selection for Internal omponents dder /H 08V 60 Hz /H 40V 60 Hz /H 77V 60 Hz, -Ph /H4 V 60 Hz /H V 60 Hz /H6 796V 60 Hz /H7 0V Hz /H8 80V Hz /H9 4V Hz /H V Hz /H 660V Hz /H 80V 60 Hz /H 0V 60 Hz S System Voltage Selection Specify on Order N/ Selector S HN/OFF/UTO 9. Switches S4 HN/UTO 9. S6 RUN/OFF/UTO 9. S7 UTO/OFF/TST 9. S8 UTO/OFF/TST Selector Switch. with Red RUN Pilot Light S9 UTO/OFF/TST Selector Switch 47. with Red RUN Pilot Light and Green Pilot Light S OFF/UTO 9. S STRT/STOP 9. S OFF/ON 9. S HIGH/LOW 9. S4 FST/OFF/SLOW 9. S SLOW/FST 9. S6 FORWR/RVRS 9. S7 HIGH/OFF/LOW 9. S8 HIGH/LOW/OFF/UTO 46. S8 INVRTR/OFF/YPSS (F9) 9. S4 OPN/OFF/LOS 9. S4 FORWR/OFF/RVRS 9. S4 FST/OFF/SLOW/UTO 46. S9 Selector Switch Omitted N/ (Pump Panels Only) S40 Selector Switch Order by Suppressor S4 Transient Suppressor Mounted 6. on Magnet oil Surge S0 MOV (IT) 76. Suppression Sequence S6 Sequence Timer (Pump Panels). Timer Sequence S7 Incomplete Sequence Protection 800. Protection Single Phase S9 onvert ontactor or Starter from 9. Three-Phase to Single-Phase Install Jumper S0 Single-Phase Rev. V. S Single-Phase Rev. 40V. Surge apacitor S7 Surge apacitor Wired to isconnect Line Side Speed S9 Speed Potentiometer (F9) 90. Potentiometer When using -position selector switch with magnetic lighting contactor, mod 0 must also be used (L04, L, L). Not available for IT Starters. onsult factory for price. N/ 69. Table -9. T Timers, Time elay Relays, Terminal locks, Terminal Points, Ring Lug onnections Modification Suffix Not available for IT Starters. onsult factory for price. Timers T Pneumatic Timer Installed on ontactor, Unwired, 0 Sec. Max. T Pneumatic Timer Installed on ontactor, Unwired, 80 Sec. Max. Time elay Relays Terminal locks Terminal Points Ring Lug onnectors dder T Pneumatic Timer Mounted in 70. nclosure, Unwired, 80 Sec. Max. T Timer Order by T6 T7 T8 T9 T T4 Time elay Relay, Minutes Maximum, Unwired, ON LY Time elay Relay, Minutes Maximum, Unwired, OFF LY Time elay Low Voltage Release Relay With Single ircuit Terminal lock, Unwired With Single ircuit Terminal lock, Unwired Power Terminal lock for evicenet Overload Under- and U7 Under- and Overvoltage Relay 840. Overvoltage Relay Not available for IT Starters T With 6 Terminal Points, Unwired 6. T With Terminal Points, Unwired. T With 8 Terminal Points, Unwired 48. T4 Terminal Point per ustomer 8. Specification, Unwired ( ach) T Terminal Point per ustomer. Specification, Wired ( ach) T Terminals Mounted etween ontactor and Overload for Power Factor apacitors Sizes 0. T T Terminals Mounted etween ontactor and Overload for Power Factor apacitors Sizes 4 Quick-onnect Terminals dded to P ontactor/starter T6 Ring Lug onnections on Power Wires 8. T7 Ring Lug onnections on ontrol Wires Table -9. U Undervoltage Relay, Time elay Undervoltage Relay Modification dder Suffix Undervoltage Relays Time elay Undervoltage Relays U Undervoltage Relay, djustable 67. U4 U Time elay Undervoltage Relay, Non-adjustable Time elay Undervoltage Relay, djustable iscount Symbol

48 -48 -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Freedom/dvantage/IT/F9 Lines January Vol., Ref. No. [0064] Modification odes (ontinued) Table -94. V Voltmeter, Varmeter, Vacuum Starter Modification Suffix NM / only. onsult factory for price. dder Voltmeters V Panel Type Voltmeter Wired L L,. V Panel Type Voltmeter and Selector Switch Wired to Read Three Line Voltages,0. V Miniature Voltmeter Wired L L 67. V4 Miniature Voltmeter and Selector Switch Wired to Read Three Line Voltages,080. V V6 V7 V8 Switchboard Type Voltmeter Wired L L Switchboard Type Voltmeter and Selector Switch Wired to Read Three Line Voltage Panel Type Voltmeters Wired in ach Phase Miniature Voltmeters Wired in ach Phase,.,7.,80.,0. V9 Switchboard Type Voltmeters,970. Wired in ach Phase V Voltmeter Order by Table -9. W Wattmeter, Watt-Hour Meter, Wiremarkers, nclosure Window, Wiring iagram Modification Suffix NM / only. onsult factory for price. Table -96. Z I One Size Fits ll dder Wattmeter W Wattmeter,70. Watt-Hour W Watt-Hour Meter with emand,870. Meter ttachment Wiremarkers W7 Wiremarkers. W8 Wiremarkers Order per ustomer iagram or Specifications W9 Wiremarkers Order by Window W nclosure Window (F9 Only) Wiring iagram Modification I One Size Fits ll Starters W Suffix Reduced opy of ustom Wiring iagram Laminated on Inside of oor 6. dder Z One Size Fits ll for evicenet N/ Z ombination with 0 lass Fuses N/ iscount Symbol

49 January Vol., Ref. No. [006] -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Freedom/dvantage Lines -49 ontrol Power Transformer Kits ontrol Transformer Kit These control transformer kits provide a convenient on-the-job addition of control transformers to the following NM, R, 4/4X and enclosed starters. dding or changing these kits does not affect the UL listing in most instances. Table -98. ontrol Transformer Kits ontinuous V Primary 08/77V Secondary V, 60 Hz F 4G 4H 4J The transformer kit consists of: ontrol transformer Two primary and one secondary fuse Wires Mounting instruction publication For Non-combination Starters These kits may be used for transformer voltage conversion on Freedom NM, I and dvanced esign NM (dvantage) starters furnished from the factory with control transformers installed. Non-combination starters with PTs factory installed are lass N07, 07, 07 and. These kits may also be installed in oversize enclosures that have been designed to accept transformers. Primary 40/V, 60 Hz 0/440V, Hz Secondary V, 60 Hz V, Hz F 4G 4H 4J Primary 80V Secondary V, Hz 4L 4L 4L 4L 4L 4FL 4GL 4HL 4JL ombination Starters Most combination starters have space for standard size (and 0 V extra capacity) control power transformers. The panels are pre-drilled for mounting. UL/S UL Listed File 6, Guide XPTO. Table -97. Standard Transformer Sizes Size 0, 4 6 V apacity dvantage Freedom Vacuum Non-reversing, single contactor only. When Ordering Specify Primary V, 60 Hz V, Hz Secondary V, 60 Hz V, Hz F 4G 4H 4J Primary 40/V Secondary 4V, 60 Hz 4S 4S 4S 4S 4S 4FS 4GS 4HS 4JS Table -99. pproximate imensions and Shipping Weights ontinuous V imensions in Inches (mm) Wide.00 (76.). (88.9).8 (8.9) 4.00 (.6) 4.00 (.6) 4.8 (.) 4.7 (.7). (.4). (9.7) High.00 (76.).00 (76.).8 (8.9).7 (9.) 4. (4.) 4. (4.) 4. (4.) 4. (4.). (.4) eep.6 (6.0).6 (6.0).88 (7.).8 (80.8).8 (96.8).8 (96.8).8 (96.8).8 (96.8) 4.7 (.7) Mounting Slots.00 (.8). (6.).8 (60.).88 (7.). (6.).88 (7.). (8.6).7 (9.) 4. (8.0). (6.). (6.).8 (7.4). (79.).7 (9.).7 (9.).7 (9.).7 (9.) 4.8 (.).0 x.7 (. x 9.).0 x.7 (. x 9.).0 x.7 (. x 9.).0 x.7 (. x 9.).0 x.7 (. x 9.).0 x.7 (. x 9.).0 x.7 (. x 9.).0 x.7 (. x 9.). x.688 (7.9 x 7.) Ship Wt. Lbs. (kg).0 (.4) 4. (.0) 4.6 (.) 7.0 (.) 7.7 (.).0 (4.).0 (.9) 4.0 (6.4) 8.0 (8.).8 (.) Top View Side View Figure -. Open Type V 0 V with Fuse lock iscount Symbol

50 - -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Freedom/dvantage/IT Lines January Vol., Ref. No. [0066] over ontrol Non-reversing Flange ontrol Kits For on-the-job conversion of NM, R, 4X and enclosed starters. Knockouts are provided on the NM flange. NM R, 4X and have prepunched holes with removable hole plugs. Factory Installed Pilot evices To order factory installed pilot devices, change the 9th character of the to the alpha shown in the table below. xample: to order an N04 with STRT/STOP pushbuttons and a red pilot light, change the to a, i.e. N04. Figure -. Figure -4. Table -0. Non-reversing Pilot evices Non-combination Sizes 00 4 Sizes M NM/I Freedom Series NM nclosure only over Mounted Field Installation Kits See Figure - Non-combination NM, Sizes 9 NM, Sizes N V ll NM R, 4X, ll IT Soft Starts ombination Freedom NM only dvantage IT over Mounted Field Installation Kits See Figure -4 Factory Installed Flange ontrol Position 9 lpha NM only Sizes 00 4 Sizes M Non-combo. only See Figure - dder NM Sizes 9 Sizes N V NM R, 4X, ll ombination See Figure -4 dder No over Mounted Pilot evices STRT/STOP Pushbuttons with Red RUN Pilot Light with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights ON/OFF Pushbuttons with Red RUN Pilot Light with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights HN/OFF/UTO Selector Switch with Red RUN Pilot Light with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights STRT Pushbutton ON Pushbutton OFF Pushbutton Red RUN Pilot Light Green OFF Red RUN/Green OFF Pilot Lights STRT/STOP Selector Switch with Red RUN Pilot Light with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights ON/OFF Selector Switch with Red RUN Pilot Light with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights 400GK0 400GK 400GK 400GK6 For I ombination over ontrol, see Page 4-7. For M over ontrol Option, see Page -. dd ode Letter from the table below to for voltage Kits only. xample: 400T9. 400GK 400GK 400GK6 400GK4 400GK4 400GK46 Note: V only for dvantage. dditional Kits available. See Page -9 of P.G..0.T T 400T 400T 400T 400T4 400T 400T9 400T 400T 400T 400T4 Rating ode Letter Rating ode Letter Rating ode Letter V 60 Hz 08V 60 Hz 40V 60 Hz 80V Hz L V 60 Hz V 60 Hz F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U V W X Figure STRT/STOP Pushbutton S.P.S.T. Switch Start Stop uto Hand lack /4 Yellow / Red Figure -Position Selector Switch S.P.S.T. Switch lack /4 Yellow - to oil Terminal Red Local ontrol Options (If Used) Refer to iagram Inside nclosure for onnections Figure Pilot Light (Motor RUN) Start Stop lack lack Figure STRT/STOP with Pilot Light lack lack lack /4 Yellow / Red Figure F Overload Tripped lack lack 96 Reset 9 Wire OL uto lack /4 OFF Hand or Test Figure -Position Selector Switch Remove Lead from oil to Terminal S.P.S.T. Remote Switch Switch Yellow - to oil Terminal Red L, X or Figure G Pilot Light (Motor STOP) Stop onnect to OL Terminal No. 96 N Interlock (If Used) Figure -. Wiring iagrams iscount Symbol

51 January Vol., Ref. No. [0067] -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Freedom/dvantage/IT Lines - Reversing Flange ontrol Kits For on-the-job conversion of NM, R, 4X and enclosed starters. Knockouts are provided on the NM flange. NM R, 4X and have prepunched holes with removable hole plugs. Factory Installed Pilot evices To order factory installed pilot devices, change the 9th character of the to the alpha shown in the table below. xample: to order an N064 with FOR/RV/STOP pushbuttons and red pilot lights, change the to a, i.e. N064. Figure -6. Figure -7. Table -. Reversing Pilot evices Non-combination Sizes 00 4 Sizes M NM/I Freedom Series NM nclosure only over Mounted Field Installation Kits See Figure -6. Non-combination NM, Sizes 9 NM, Sizes N V ll NM R, 4X, ll IT Soft Starts ombination Freedom NM only dvantage IT over Mounted Field Installation Kits See Figure -7. Factory Installed Flange ontrol Position 9 lpha NM only Sizes 00 4 Sizes M Non-combo. only See Figure -6. dder NM Sizes 9 Sizes N V NM R, 4X, ll ombination See Figure -7. dder No over Mounted Pilot evices FOR/RV/STOP Pushbuttons with Red Pilot Lights with Red/ Green Pilot Lights UP/STOP/OWN Pushbuttons with Red Pilot Lights FOR/OFF/RV Selector Switch with Red Pilot Lights with Red/ Green Pilot Lights Two Red Pilot Lights One Green Pilot Light Two Red/One Green Pilot Lights OPN/OFF/LOS Selector Switch with Red Pilot Lights with Red/ Green Pilot Lights 400GK0 400GR 400GR4 For I ombination over ontrol, see Page 4-7. For M over ontrol Option, see Page -. dd ode Letter from the table below to for voltage Kits only. xample: 400T. Note: V only for dvantage. Order Quantity () of 400T. dditional Kits available. See Page -9 of P.G..0.T GR. 400GR4. 400GK44 400GK T6 400T 400T 400T6 Rating ode Letter Rating ode Letter Rating ode Letter V 60 Hz 08V 60 Hz 40V 60 Hz 80V Hz L V 60 Hz V 60 Hz F H J K P Q R V W X Local ontrol Options (If Used) Refer to iagram Inside nclosure for onnections Figure Pushbutton FORWR/STOP/RVRS dd onnector F etween ux. ontact Terminals and 4 Reverse. Stop lue Red Figure Pilot Light (FORWR) onnect to Terminal of the Left Hand oil and to Terminal 9 of the Overload Relay lack lack Forward Yellow lack Figure Pilot Light (RVRS) onnect to Terminals & of the Right Hand ontactor lack lack Figure -8. Wiring iagrams Note: For additional wiring diagrams, see Pages of P.G..0.T.. iscount Symbol

52 - -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Freedom Line January Vol., Ref. No. [0068] Selection Table -. NM Freedom Line nclosed ontrol ing System esign Page N - NM I dvantage -0 L - Lighting 7- S - Solid-State 9-0 V - Vacuum lass NM Page 0 - ontactors 0 - Reversing ontactors 0 - FVNR Starter, Non-combination Reversing, Non-combination FVNR Non-combination, with PT Single-Phase FVNR (Freedom Only) 6 - ombination with isconnect Switch Reversing, ombination with isconnect Switch ombination with isconnect Switch, with PT -6 - ombination with HMP/ Reversing, ombination with HMP/ ombination with HMP/ with PT -7 - Multispeed SW Non-combination 4 - Multispeed SW T or VT Non-combination - Multispeed SW H Non-combination 6 - Multispeed with isconnect Switch, SW 7 - Multispeed with isconnect Switch, SW T or VT 8 - Multispeed with isconnect Switch, SW H 9 - Multispeed with HMP/, SW 40 - Multispeed with HMP/, SW T or VT 4 - Multispeed with HMP/, SW H 4 - utotransformer, Non-combination 4 - utotransformer, with isconnect Switch 44 - utotransformer, with HMP/ 4 - Part-Winding, Non-combination 46 - Part-Winding, with isconnect Switch 47 - Part-Winding, with ircuit reaker 48 - Y-, Open Transition, Non-combination 49 - Y-, Open Transition, with isconnect Switch - Y-, Open Transition, with ircuit reaker - Y-, losed Transition, Non-combination - Y-, losed Transition, with isconnect Switch - Y-, losed Transition, with ircuit reaker 4 - Std Width Pump Panel, with isconnect Switch - Std Width Pump Panel, with HMP/ 6 - utotransformer Pump Panel, isconnect Switch 6 - utotransformer Pump Panel, HMP/ 64 - Part-Winding Pump Panel, isconnect 6 - Part-Winding Pump Panel, ircuit reaker 68 - uplex, Non-combination 69 - uplex, with isconnect Switch 70 - uplex, with HMP/ N F F F - None 0/V R 0/V R 60/V R 60/V R 0/V R None 7 0 isconnect Fuse lip Ratings G - H - J - K - L - M - 0/V R /V R /V R 400/V R 400/V R /V R HMP or reaker Ratings G - 0 H - J - K L - M nclosure Types - Type General Purpose - Type R Rainproof - Type 4 Watertight (Painted Steel) 4 - Type 4X Watertight (Stainless Steel) - Type 4X orrosion (nonmetallic) (Section 9) 6 - Type 7/9 olted Hazardous Location (Section 8) 7 - Type 7/9 Threaded Hazardous Location (Section 8) 8 - Type ust-tight 9 - Type ust-tight with Safety oor Interlock - Size Size 0 - Size - Size - Size 4 - Size 4 over ontrol (Starters Only) (See Pages - -) of Poles (ontactors Only) oil Voltage and/or ontrol Transformers NM Size (See Tables elow) - Size 6 - Size Size Size Size 9 Modification odes (See Pages -4-48) N - /V R P - 800/V L Q - /V L R - /V L S - 0/V L T - by N P Q R T - by 9 - I - 0 Refer to nclosed ontrol Product Guide, P.G..0.T.. Use for Sizes 0, HMP V applications only. Table -. Magnetic oil odes (System Voltage) ode Magnet oil ode Magnet oil ode Magnet oil G H J /60 / 40/60 0/ /60 440/ /60 / 08/60 / 77/ /60 K L M P Q R S T 40/ 80/ 4/ V 4V 48V V 4/60 When control power transformer modification codes ( ) are used or when starter class includes PT (i.e. N07, 8) see table to the right for system voltage code. U V W X Y Z 4/ / 48/60 4 /60 48/ y Table -4. ontrol Power Transformer odes (System Voltage) ode Primary Secondary H L M Q R S T U V W X Y Z 40/ 0/440 Wired for 40V 40/ 0/440 Wired for V /60 / 08/60 77/60 80/ 4/ 08/60 40/ 0/440 Wired for 40V 40/ 0/440 Wired for V /60 77/60 80/ 4/ 40// Wired for V 40// Wired for V y /60 / /60 / /60 / /60 /60 / /

53 January Vol., Ref. No. [0069] -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Freedom Line - Product Selection Non-combination Starters Full Voltage Interchangeable Heater OLR V Maximum Table -. lass N0 NM Non-combination Non-reversing Motor Voltage NM Size 00 NM Size 0 NM Size NM Size NM Size Max. hp Rating -/ -/ 7-/ 7-/ 0 Magnet oil Voltage Pole, NM General Purpose N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N Pole, NM R Rainproof N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 -Pole, NM 4X Watertight & ust-tight Stainless Steel (Select Starter from Size 0 Listing) Starters do not include heater packs. Select carton of heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 80V Hz applications: NM Size Horsepower -/ 7 00 Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed see Page i- of P.G..0.T.. NM 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0 6, NM 4 (Painted steel) Sizes ,08.,08.,08.,08.,08. N04 N04 N04 N04 N04 N04 N04 N04 N04 N04 N04 N04 N04 N04 N04 N04 N04 N04 N04 N ,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,8.,8.,8.,8.,8. -Pole, NM ust-tight Industrial xternal Reset (NM R) N08 N08 N08 N08 N08 N08 N08 N08 N08 N08 N08 N08 N08 N08 N08 N08 N08 N08 N08 N ,08.,08.,08.,08.,08. Note: Reference to nclosed ontrol Product Guide PG..0.T.. Page ccessories, Kits Wiring iagrams imensions Technical ata Multi-Speed - to to -8 - to to to -0 N0 over Mounted ontrol..... Page - Modifications/ ccessories Pages iscount Symbol

54 -4 -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Freedom Line January Vol., Ref. No. [0070] Table -. lass N0 NM Non-combination Non-reversing (ontinued) Motor Voltage NM Size 4 NM Size NM Size 6 NM Size 7 NM Size 8 NM Size 9 Max. hp Rating Magnet oil Voltage Pole, NM General Purpose N04 N04 N04 N04 N04 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N06 N06 N06 N06 N07 N07 N07 N08 N08 N08 N09 N09 N09,040.,040.,040.,040.,040. 4,8. 4,8. 4,8. 4,8. 4,8.,.,.,.,. 7,. 7,. 7,. 4,990. 4,990. 4,990. 8,9. 8,9. 8,9. Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 80V Hz applications: -Pole, NM R Rainproof N04 N04 N04 N04 N04 N0 N0 N0 N0 N0 N06 N06 N06 N06 N07 N07 N07 N08 N08 N08 N09 N09 N09 Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed see Page i- of P.G..0.T.. NM 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0 6, NM 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 7 9.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,90.,90.,90.,90.,90.,40.,40.,40.,40. 9,70. 9,70. 9,70. 6,790. 6,790. 6, ,7. 40,7. 40,7. -Pole, NM 4X Watertight & ust-tight Stainless Steel N044 N044 N044 N044 N044 N04 N04 N04 N04 N04 N064 N064 N064 N064 N07 N07 N07 N08 N08 N08 N09 N09 N09 Starters do not include heater packs. Select carton of heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages NM Size Horsepower -/ 7 00,.,.,.,.,. 6,80. 6,80. 6,80. 6,80. 6,80. 6,880. 6,880. 6,880. 6,880. 0,760. 0,760. 0,760. 9,90. 9,90. 9,90. 4,90. 4,90. 4,90. -Pole, NM ust-tight Industrial xternal Reset (NM R) N048 N048 N048 N048 N048 N08 N08 N08 N08 N08 N068 N068 N068 N068 N078 N078 N078 N088 N088 N088 N098 N098 N098,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,90.,90.,90.,90.,90.,40.,40.,40.,40. 9,70. 9,70. 9,70. 6,790. 6,790. 6, ,7. 40,7. 40,7. Note: Reference to nclosed ontrol Product Guide PG..0.T.. Page ccessories, Kits Wiring iagrams imensions Technical ata Multi-Speed - to to -8 - to to to -0 over Mounted ontrol..... Page - Modifications/ ccessories Pages iscount Symbol

55 January Vol., Ref. No. [007] -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Freedom Line - Table -6. lass N06 NM Non-combination Reversing Motor Voltage NM Size 00 NM Size 0 NM Size NM Size NM Size Max. hp Rating -/ -/ 7-/ 7-/ 0 Magnet oil Voltage Pole, NM General Purpose N06 N06 N06 N06 N06 N060 N060 N060 N060 N060 N06 N06 N06 N06 N06 N06 N06 N06 N06 N06 N06 N06 N06 N06 N ,.,.,.,.,.,00.,00.,00.,00.,00. Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 80V Hz applications: -Pole, NM R Rainproof N060 N060 N060 N060 N060 N06 N06 N06 N06 N06 N06 N06 N06 N06 N06 N06 N06 N06 N06 N06 Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed see Page i- of P.G..0.T.. NM 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0, NM 4 (Painted steel) Sizes ,4.,4.,4.,4.,4.,.,.,.,.,. -Pole, NM 4X Watertight & ust-tight Stainless Steel (Select Starter from Size 0 Listing) N0604 N0604 N0604 N0604 N0604 N064 N064 N064 N064 N064 N064 N064 N064 N064 N064 N064 N064 N064 N064 N064 Starters do not include heater packs. Select carton of heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages NM Size Horsepower -/ ,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,90.,90.,90.,90.,90.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0. -Pole, NM ust-tight Industrial xternal Reset (NM R) N0608 N0608 N0608 N0608 N0608 N068 N068 N068 N068 N068 N068 N068 N068 N068 N068 N068 N068 N068 N068 N ,4.,4.,4.,4.,4.,.,.,.,.,. Note: Reference to nclosed ontrol Product Guide PG..0.T.. Page ccessories, Kits Wiring iagrams imensions - to to -8 - to -4 Technical ata 4- to 4-8 over Mounted ontrol..... Page - Modifications/ ccessories Pages iscount Symbol

56 -6 -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Freedom Line January Vol., Ref. No. [007] Table -6. lass N06 NM Non-combination, Reversing (ontinued) Motor Voltage NM Size 4 NM Size NM Size 6 NM Size 7 NM Size 8 NM Size 9 Max. hp Rating Magnet oil Voltage Pole, NM General Purpose N064 N064 N064 N064 N064 N06 N06 N06 N06 N06 N066 N066 N066 N066 N067 N067 N067 N068 N068 N068 N069 N069 N069 4,80. 4,80. 4,80. 4,80. 4,80.,90.,90.,90.,90.,90.,90.,90.,90.,90.,0.,0.,0. 4,060. 4,060. 4, , , ,870. Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 80V Hz applications: -Pole, NM R Rainproof N064 N064 N064 N064 N064 N06 N06 N06 N06 N06 N066 N066 N066 N066 N067 N067 N067 N068 N068 N068 N069 N069 N069 Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed see Page i- of P.G..0.T.. NM 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0, NM 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 9.,.,.,.,.,.,060.,060.,060.,060.,060.,90.,90.,90.,90.,8.,8.,8. 46, , ,860. 7,700. 7,700. 7,700. -Pole, NM 4X Watertight & ust-tight Stainless Steel N0644 N0644 N0644 N0644 N0644 N064 N064 N064 N064 N064 N066 N066 N066 N066 N067 N067 N067 N068 N068 N068 N069 N069 N069 Starters do not include heater packs. Select carton of heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages NM Size Horsepower -/ ,640. 6,640. 6,640. 6,640. 6,640.,90.,90.,90.,90.,90. 6,90. 6,90. 6,90. 6,90.,80.,80.,80. 48,90. 48,90. 48,90. 7,70. 7,70. 7,70. -Pole, NM ust-tight Industrial xternal Reset (NM R) N0648 N0648 N0648 N0648 N0648 N068 N068 N068 N068 N068 N0668 N0668 N0668 N0668 N0678 N0678 N0678 N0688 N0688 N0688 N0698 N0698 N0698,.,.,.,.,.,060.,060.,060.,060.,060.,90.,90.,90.,90.,8.,8.,8. 46, , ,860. 7,700. 7,700. 7,700. Note: Reference to nclosed ontrol Product Guide PG..0.T.. Page ccessories, Kits Wiring iagrams imensions - to to -8 - to -4 Technical ata 4- to 4-8 over Mounted ontrol..... Page - Modifications/ ccessories Pages iscount Symbol

57 January Vol., Ref. No. [007] -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Freedom Line -7 Table -7. lass N07 NM Non-combination with PT Non-reversing NM Size Primary Voltage Max. hp Rating Secondary Voltage Magnet oil Voltage -Pole, NM General Purpose -Pole, NM R Rainproof -Pole, NM 4X Watertight & ust-tight Stainless Steel -Pole, NM ust-tight Industrial xternal Reset (NM R) / 7-/ N070 N070 N070 N070 N07 N07 N07 N07 N07 N07 N07 N07 N07 N07 N07 N07 N074 N074 N074 N074 N07 N07 N07 N07 N076 N076 N076 N076 N077 N077 N077 N078 N078 N078 N079 N079 N ,8.,8.,8.,8.,49.,49.,49.,49.,.,.,.,. 4,. 4,. 4,. 4,. 8,80. 8,80. 8,80.,6.,6.,6. 9,70. 9,70. 9,70. Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 80V Hz applications: N070 N070 N070 N070 N07 N07 N07 N07 N07 N07 N07 N07 N07 N07 N07 N07 N074 N074 N074 N074 N07 N07 N07 N07 N076 N076 N076 N076 N077 N077 N077 N078 N078 N078 N079 N079 N079 Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed see Page i- of P.G..0.T.. Other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages, see Page ,.,.,.,.,070.,070.,070.,070.,90.,90.,90.,90. 6,000. 6,000. 6,000. 6,000. 0,90. 0,90. 0,90. 7,4. 7,4. 7,4. 4,70. 4,70. 4,70. N0704 N0704 N0704 N0704 N074 N074 N074 N074 N074 N074 N074 N074 N074 N074 N074 N074 N0744 N0744 N0744 N0744 N074 N074 N074 N074 N076 N076 N076 N076 N077 N077 N077 N078 N078 N078 N079 N079 N079 Starters do not include heater packs. Select carton of heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages NM Size Horsepower -/ ,80.,80.,80.,80.,960.,960.,960.,960.,6.,6.,6.,6. 6,79. 6,79. 6,79. 6,79. 7,40. 7,40. 7,40. 7,40.,40.,40.,40. 9,9. 9,9. 9,9. 44,0. 44,0. 44,0. N0708 N0708 N0708 N0708 N078 N078 N078 N078 N078 N078 N078 N078 N078 N078 N078 N078 N0748 N0748 N0748 N0748 N078 N078 N078 N078 N0768 N0768 N0768 N0768 N0778 N0778 N0778 N0788 N0788 N0788 N0798 N0798 N ,.,.,.,.,070.,070.,070.,070.,90.,90.,90.,90. 6,000. 6,000. 6,000. 6,000. 0,90. 0,90. 0,90. 7,4. 7,4. 7,4. 4,70. 4,70. 4,70. Note: Reference to nclosed ontrol Product Guide PG..0.T.. Page ccessories, Kits Wiring iagrams imensions Technical ata Multi-Speed - to to -8 - to to to -0 N07 over Mounted ontrol..... Page - Modifications/ ccessories Pages iscount Symbol

58 -8 -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Freedom Line January Vol., Ref. No. [0074] Product Selection ombination Starters with isconnect Switch Full Voltage Interchangeable Heater OLR V Maximum Table -8. lass N6 NM Fusible ombination isconnect Switch Non-reversing Motor Voltage NM Size 0 NM Size NM Size NM Size NM Size 4 Max. hp Rating ual lement Fuses 7-/ 7-/ Magnet oil Voltage Fuse lip mps Starters with V coil (for separate control) are available. To order, substitute the letter for the 8th character of the listed catalog number. Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed see Page i- of P.G..0.T.. -Pole, NM General Purpose N60 N60 N60 N60 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6F N6F N6G N6G N64H N64H N64J N64J ,0.,0.,070.,070.,760.,760.,800.,800.,7.,7.,4.,4. -Pole, NM R Rainproof N60 N60 N60 N60 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6F N6F N6G N6G N64H N64H N64J N64J ,90.,90.,9.,9.,0.,0.,090.,090. 4,90. 4,90. 4,. 4,. ll NM enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order mod code R. NM enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. N68F becomes N69F. -Pole, NM 4X Watertight & ust-tight Stainless Steel N604 N604 N604 N604 N64 N64 N64 N64 N64 N64 N64 N64 N64F N64F N64G N64G N644H N644H N644J N644J Starters do not include heater packs. Select carton of heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages -6-7.,7.,7.,90.,90.,.,.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,48.,48.,.,. -Pole, NM ust-tight Industrial xternal Reset (NM R) N608 N608 N608 N608 N68 N68 N68 N68 N68 N68 N68 N68 N68F N68F N68G N68G NM 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0, NM 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 9. Fuse clips are for lass R fuses. For H and J fuses see mods, Page -44. Note: Reference to nclosed ontrol Product Guide PG..0.T..,80.,80.,6.,6. N648H N648H N648J N648J Page ,90.,90.,9.,9.,0.,0.,090.,090. 4,90. 4,90. 4,. 4,. ccessories, Kits Wiring iagrams imensions Technical ata Multi-Speed - to to -8 - to to 4-8 -, -, - over Mounted ontrol..... Page - Modifications/ ccessories Pages iscount Symbol

59 January Vol., Ref. No. [007] -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Freedom Line -9 Table -8. lass N6 NM Fusible ombination isconnect Switch Non-reversing (ontinued) Motor Voltage NM Size NM Size 6 NM Size 7 NM Size 8 NM Size 9 Max. hp Rating ual lement Fuses Magnet oil Voltage Fuse lip mps. 400 Starters with V coil (for separate control) are available. To order, substitute the letter for the 8th character of the listed catalog number. Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed see Page i- of P.G..0.T.. ll NM enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order mod code R. -Pole, NM General Purpose N6K N6K N6L N6L N66M N66M N66N N66N N67U N67U N67U N68U N68U N68U N69U N69U N69U 7,60. 7,60. 7,60. 7,60. 0,0. 0,0. 0,0. 0,0. 0,. 0,. 0,. 4,60. 4,60. 4,60. 9,40. 9,40. 9,40. -Pole, NM R Rainproof N6K N6K N6L N6L N66M N66M N66N N66N N67U N67U N67U N68U N68U N68U N69U N69U N69U 9,40. 9,40. 9,40. 9,40.,.,.,.,.,0.,0.,0. 44,40. 44,40. 44,40. 6,40. 6,40. 6,40. NM enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. N68F becomes N69F. NM 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0, NM 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 9. For and hp ratings at V, consult utler-hammer. -Pole, NM 4X Watertight & ust-tight Stainless Steel N64K N64K N64L N64L N66M N66M N66N N66N N67U N67U N67U N68U N68U N68U N69U N69U N69U Starters do not include heater packs. Select carton of heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages -6-7.,90.,90.,90.,90.,40.,40.,40.,40.,860.,860.,860. 4,960. 4,960. 4,960. 6,870. 6,870. 6,870. -Pole, NM ust-tight Industrial xternal Reset (NM R) N68K N68K N68L N68L N668M N668M N668N N668N N678U N678U N678U N688U N688U N688U Supply hp, voltage, FL and whether motor is design or not when ordering the starter. Note: Reference to nclosed ontrol Product Guide PG..0.T.. ccessories, Kits Wiring iagrams imensions Technical ata Multi-Speed N698U N698U N698U Page - to to -8 - to -4 9,40. 9,40. 9,40. 9,40.,.,.,.,.,0.,0.,0. 44,40. 44,40. 44,40. 6,40. 6,40. 6, to 4-8 -, -, - over Mounted ontrol..... Page - Modifications/ ccessories Pages iscount Symbol

60 -60 -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Freedom Line January Vol., Ref. No. [0076] Table -9. lass N6 NM Non-fusible ombination isconnect Switch Non-reversing Motor Voltage NM Size 0 NM Size NM Size NM Size NM Size 4 Max. hp Rating 7-/ 7-/ Magnet oil Voltage isconnect mps Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed see Page i- of P.G..0.T. for details. ll NM enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order mod code R. -Pole, NM General Purpose N60 N60 N60 N60 N60 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N64 N64 N64 N64 N ,00.,00.,00.,00.,00.,69.,69.,69.,69.,69.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6. -Pole, NM R Rainproof N60 N60 N60 N60 N60 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N64 N64 N64 N64 N ,4.,4.,4.,4.,4.,990.,990.,990.,990.,990. 4,07. 4,07. 4,07. 4,07. 4,07. NM enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. N68 becomes N69. NM 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0, NM 4 (Painted steel) Sizes Pole, NM 4X Watertight & ust-tight Stainless Steel N604 N604 N604 N604 N604 N64 N64 N64 N64 N64 N64 N64 N64 N64 N64 N64 N64 N64 N64 N64 N644 N644 N644 N644 N644 Starters do not include heater packs. Select carton of heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages -6-7.,60.,60.,60.,60.,60.,90.,90.,90.,90.,90.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40. -Pole, NM ust-tight Industrial xternal Reset (NM R) N608 N608 N608 N608 N608 N68 N68 N68 N68 N68 N68 N68 N68 N68 N68 N68 N68 N68 N68 N68 Field installed Fuse lips available, see Page -. Note: Reference to nclosed ontrol Product Guide PG..0.T..,470.,470.,470.,470.,470. ccessories, Kits Wiring iagrams imensions Technical ata Multi-Speed Other oil Voltages N648 N648 N648 N648 N648 Page - to to -8 - to ,4.,4.,4.,4.,4.,990.,990.,990.,990.,990. 4,07. 4,07. 4,07. 4,07. 4, to 4-8 -, -4, -6-7 over Mounted ontrol..... Page - Modifications/ ccessories Pages iscount Symbol

61 January Vol., Ref. No. [0077] -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Freedom Line -6 Table -8. lass N6 NM Non-fusible ombination isconnect Switch Non-reversing (ontinued) Motor Voltage NM Size NM Size 6 NM Size 7 NM Size 8 NM Size 9 Max. hp Rating Magnet oil Voltage isconnect mps. 400 Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed see Page i- of P.G..0.T. for details. ll NM enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order mod code R. -Pole, NM General Purpose N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N66 N66 N66 N66 N67 N67 N67 N68 N68 N68 N69 N69 N69 7,0. 7,0. 7,0. 7,0. 7,0. 9,00. 9,00. 9,00. 9,00. 4,60. 4,60. 4,60.,40.,40.,40. 4,00. 4,00. 4,00. -Pole, NM R Rainproof N6 N6 N6 N6 N6 N66 N66 N66 N66 N67 N67 N67 N68 N68 N68 N69 N69 N69 9,00. 9,00. 9,00. 9,00. 9,00.,.,.,.,. 6,60. 6,60. 6,60.,40.,40.,40.,80.,80.,80. NM enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. N68 becomes N69. NM 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0, NM 4 (Painted steel) Sizes Pole, NM 4X Watertight & ust-tight Stainless Steel N64 N64 N64 N64 N64 N66 N66 N66 N66 N67 N67 N67 N68 N68 N68 N69 N69 N69 Starters do not include heater packs. Select carton of heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages -6-7.,940.,940.,940.,940.,940. 4,640. 4,640. 4,640. 4,640. 7,890. 7,890. 7,890. 6,690. 6,690. 6,690. 7,60. 7,60. 7,60. -Pole, NM ust-tight Industrial xternal Reset (NM R) N68 N68 N68 N68 N68 N668 N668 N668 N668 N678 N678 N678 N688 N688 N688 For and hp ratings at V, consult utler-hammer. Supply hp, voltage, FL and whether motor is design or not when ordering the starter. Note: Reference to nclosed ontrol Product Guide PG..0.T.. N698 N698 N698 Page 9,00. 9,00. 9,00. 9,00. 9,00.,.,.,.,. 6,60. 6,60. 6,60.,40.,40.,40.,80.,80.,80. ccessories, Kits Wiring iagrams imensions Technical ata Multi-Speed Other oil Voltages - to to -8 - to to 4-8 -, -4, -6-7 over Mounted ontrol..... Page - Modifications/ ccessories Pages iscount Symbol

62 -6 -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Freedom Line January Vol., Ref. No. [0078] Table -. N7 NM Fusible ombination isconnect Switch Reversing Motor Voltage NM Size 0 NM Size NM Size NM Size NM Size 4 NM Size NM Size 6 NM Size 7 NM Size 8 NM Size 9 Max. hp Rating ual lement Fuses 7-/ 7-/ Magnet oil Voltage Fuse lip mps Starters with V coil (for separate control) are available.to order, substitute the letter for the 8th character of the listed catalog number. Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed see Page i- of P.G..0.T.. ll NM enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order mod code R. -Pole, NM General Purpose N70 N70 N70 N70 N7 N7 N7 N7 N7 N7 N7 N7 N7F N7F N7G N7G N74H N74H N74J N74J N7K N7K N7L N7L N76M N76M N76N N76N N77U N77U N77U N78U N78U N78U N79U N79U N79U,00.,00.,00.,00.,090.,090.,.,.,8.,8.,80.,80.,0.,0.,0.,0. 6,90. 6,90. 6,0. 6,0.,90.,90.,90.,90. 0,0. 0,0. 0,0. 0,0. 4,040. 4,040. 4, ,. 67,. 67,. 9,490. 9,490. 9,490. -Pole, NM R Rainproof N70 N70 N70 N70 N7 N7 N7 N7 N7 N7 N7 N7 N7F N7F N7G N7G N74H N74H N74J N74J N7K N7K N7L N7L N76M N76M N76N N76N N77U N77U N77U N78U N78U N78U N79U N79U N79U,4.,4.,6.,6.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,4.,4.,440.,440. 7,. 7,. 7,70. 7,70. 4,8. 4,8. 4,8. 4,8.,8.,8.,8.,8. 46, , , , , , ,90. 94,90. 94,90. NM enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. N78F becomes N79F. NM 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0, NM 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 9. For and hp ratings at V, consult utler-hammer. -Pole, NM 4X Watertight & ust-tight Stainless Steel N704 N704 N704 N704 N74 N74 N74 N74 N74 N74 N74 N74 N74F N74F N74G N74G N744H N744H N744J N744J N74K N74K N74L N74L N76M N76M N76N N76N N77U N77U N77U N78U N78U N78U N79U N79U N79U Starters do not include heater packs. Select carton of heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages -6-7.,8.,8.,8.,8.,900.,900.,9.,9.,0.,0.,070.,070.,.,.,.,. 9,040. 9,040. 9,070. 9,070. 9,. 9,. 9,. 9,.,80.,80.,80.,80. 48,80. 48,80. 48,80. 70, , ,490. 9,80. 9,80. 9,80. -Pole, NM ust-tight Industrial xternal Reset (NM R) N708 N708 N708 N708 N78 N78 N78 N78 N78 N78 N78 N78 N78F N78F N78G N78G N748H N748H N748J N748J N78K N78K N78L N78L N768M N768M N768N N768N N778U N778U N778U N788U N788U N788U N798U N798U N798U,4.,4.,6.,6.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,4.,4.,440.,440. 7,. 7,. 7,70. 7,70. 4,8. 4,8. 4,8. 4,8.,8.,8.,8.,8. 46, , , , , , ,90. 94,90. 94,90. Supply hp, voltage, FL and whether motor is design or not when ordering the starter. Note: Reference to nclosed ontrol Product Guide PG..0.T.. Page ccessories, Kits - to - Wiring iagrams -77 to -8 imensions - to -4 Technical ata 4- to 4-8 over Mounted ontrol..... Page - Modifications/ ccessories Pages iscount Symbol

63 January Vol., Ref. No. [0079] -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Freedom Line -6 Table -. lass N7 NM Non-fusible ombination isconnect Switch Reversing Motor Voltage NM Size 0 NM Size NM Size NM Size NM Size 4 Max. hp Rating 7-/ 7-/ Magnet oil Voltage isconnect mps Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed see Page i- of P.G..0.T.. ll NM enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order mod code R. -Pole, NM General Purpose N70 N70 N70 N70 N70 N7 N7 N7 N7 N7 N7 N7 N7 N7 N7 N7 N7 N7 N7 N7 N74 N74 N74 N74 N74,000.,000.,000.,000.,000.,070.,070.,070.,070.,070.,780.,780.,780.,780.,780.,74.,74.,74.,74.,74. 6,80. 6,80. 6,80. 6,80. 6,80. -Pole, NM R Rainproof N70 N70 N70 N70 N70 N7 N7 N7 N7 N7 N7 N7 N7 N7 N7 N7 N7 N7 N7 N7 N74 N74 N74 N74 N74,.,.,.,.,.,9.,9.,9.,9.,9.,070.,070.,070.,070.,070.,.,.,.,.,. 7,40. 7,40. 7,40. 7,40. 7,40. NM enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. N78 becomes N79. -Pole, NM 4X Watertight & ust-tight Stainless Steel N704 N704 N704 N704 N704 N74 N74 N74 N74 N74 N74 N74 N74 N74 N74 N74 N74 N74 N74 N74 N744 N744 N744 N744 N744 Starters do not include heater packs. Select carton of heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages -6-7.,80.,80.,80.,80.,80.,880.,880.,880.,880.,880.,00.,00.,00.,00.,00.,.,.,.,.,. -Pole, NM ust-tight Industrial xternal Reset (NM R) N708 N708 N708 N708 N708 N78 N78 N78 N78 N78 N78 N78 N78 N78 N78 N78 N78 N78 N78 N78 NM 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0, NM 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 9. Note: Reference to nclosed ontrol Product Guide PG..0.T.. 8,940. 8,940. 8,940. 8,940. 8,940. N748 N748 N748 N748 N748 Page,.,.,.,.,.,9.,9.,9.,9.,9.,070.,070.,070.,070.,070.,.,.,.,.,. 7,40. 7,40. 7,40. 7,40. 7,40. ccessories, Kits Wiring iagrams imensions - to to -8 - to -4 Technical ata 4- to 4-8 over Mounted ontrol..... Page - Modifications/ ccessories Pages iscount Symbol

64 -64 -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Freedom Line January Vol., Ref. No. [0080] Table -. lass N7 NM Non-fusible ombination isconnect Switch Reversing (ontinued) Motor Voltage NM Size NM Size 6 NM Size 7 NM Size 8 NM Size 9 Max. hp Rating Magnet oil Voltage isconnect mps. 400 Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed see Page i- of P.G..0.T.. ll NM enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order mod code R. -Pole, NM General Purpose N7 N7 N7 N7 N7 N76 N76 N76 N76 N77 N77 N77 N78 N78 N78 N79 N79 N79,040.,040.,040.,040.,040. 9,. 9,. 9,. 9,. 8,. 8,. 8,.,90.,90.,90. 86,0. 86,0. 86,0. -Pole, NM R Rainproof N7 N7 N7 N7 N7 N76 N76 N76 N76 N77 N77 N77 N78 N78 N78 N79 N79 N79 4,70. 4,70. 4,70. 4,70. 4,70.,.,.,.,. 40, , ,400.,70.,70.,70. 87,8. 87,8. 87,8. NM enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. N78 becomes N79. NM 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0, NM 4 (Painted steel) Sizes Pole, NM 4X Watertight & ust-tight Stainless Steel N74 N74 N74 N74 N74 N76 N76 N76 N76 N77 N77 N77 N78 N78 N78 N79 N79 N79 Starters do not include heater packs. Select carton of heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages ,060. 9,060. 9,060. 9,060. 9,060.,680.,680.,680.,680. 4,90. 4,90. 4,90. 7,60. 7,60. 7,60. 89,. 89,. 89,. -Pole, NM ust-tight Industrial xternal Reset (NM R) N78 N78 N78 N78 N78 N768 N768 N768 N768 N778 N778 N778 N788 N788 N788 For and hp ratings at V, consult utler-hammer. Supply hp, voltage, FL and whether motor is design or not when ordering the starter. Note: Reference to nclosed ontrol Product Guide PG..0.T.. N798 N798 N798 Page 4,70. 4,70. 4,70. 4,70. 4,70.,.,.,.,. 40, , ,400.,70.,70.,70. 87,8. 87,8. 87,8. ccessories, Kits Wiring iagrams imensions - to to -8 - to -4 Technical ata 4- to 4-8 over Mounted ontrol..... Page - Modifications/ ccessories Pages iscount Symbol

65 January Vol., Ref. No. [008] -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Freedom Line -6 Table -. lass N8 NM Fusible ombination isconnect Switch with PT Non-reversing Primary Voltage NM Size NM Size NM Size NM Size NM Size Max. hp Rating 7-/ 7-/ NM Size Magnet oil Voltage Fuse lip mps. Other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages, see Page -. Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed see Page i- of P.G..0.T.. ll NM enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order mod code R. -Pole, NM General Purpose 0 N80 N80 N80 N80 0 N8 N8 N8 N8 60 N8 N8 N8 N8 0 N8F N8F N8G N8G N84H N84H N84J N84J 400 N8K N8K N8L N8L ,0.,0.,.,.,.,.,7.,7.,80.,80.,86.,86. 8,07. 8,07. 8,07. 8,07. -Pole, NM R Rainproof N80 N80 N80 N80 N8 N8 N8 N8 N8 N8 N8 N8 N8F N8F N8G N8G N84H N84H N84J N84J N8K N8K N8L N8L ,007.,007.,0.,0.,44.,44.,.,.,40.,40.,46.,46. 4,64. 4,64. 4,670. 4,670.,0.,0.,0.,0. NM enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. N88F becomes N89F. Fuse clips are for lass R fuses. For H and J fuses see mods, Page Pole, NM 4X Watertight & ust-tight Stainless Steel N804 N804 N804 N804 N84 N84 N84 N84 N84 N84 N84 N84 N84F N84F N84G N84G N844H N844H N844J N844J N84K N84K N84L N84L Starters do not include heater packs. Select carton of heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages -6-7.,47.,47.,47.,47.,49.,49.,.,.,90.,90.,.,.,860.,860.,890.,890. 6,0. 6,0. 6,06. 6,06.,70.,70.,70.,70. -Pole, NM ust-tight Industrial xternal Reset (NM R) N808 N808 N808 N808 N88 N88 N88 N88 N88 N88 N88 N88 N88F N88F N88G N88G N848H N848H N848J N848J NM 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0, NM 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 9. NM Sizes 6 9 are available. See PG..0.T.. Note: Reference to nclosed ontrol Product Guide PG..0.T.. N88K N88K N88L N88L Page ,007.,007.,0.,0.,44.,44.,.,.,40.,40.,46.,46. 4,64. 4,64. 4,670. 4,670.,0.,0.,0.,0. ccessories, Kits Wiring iagrams imensions Technical ata Multi-Speed NM Sizes 9 - to to -8 - to to to -0-9 to -0 over Mounted ontrol..... Page - Modifications/ ccessories Pages iscount Symbol

66 -66 -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Freedom Line January Vol., Ref. No. [008] Table -. lass N8 NM Non-fusible ombination isconnect Switch with PT Non-reversing Primary Voltage NM Size NM Size NM Size NM Size NM Size Max. hp Rating 7-/ 7-/ NM Size Magnet oil Voltage isconnect Switch Rating Other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages, see Page -. Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed see Page i- of P.G..0.T.. ll NM enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order mod code R. -Pole, NM General Purpose 0 N80 N80 N80 N80 0 N8 N8 N8 N8 60 N8 N8 N8 N8 0 N8 N8 N8 N8 N84 N84 N84 N N8 N8 N8 N ,7.,7.,7.,7.,06.,06.,06.,06.,7.,7.,7.,7. 7,8. 7,8. 7,8. 7,8. -Pole, NM R Rainproof N80 N80 N80 N80 N8 N8 N8 N8 N8 N8 N8 N8 N8 N8 N8 N8 N84 N84 N84 N84 N8 N8 N8 N ,.,.,.,.,60.,60.,60.,60. 4,. 4,. 4,. 4,. 9,8. 9,8. 9,8. 9,8. NM enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. N88F becomes N89F. NM 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0, NM 4 (Painted steel) Sizes Pole, NM 4X Watertight & ust-tight Stainless Steel N804 N804 N804 N804 N84 N84 N84 N84 N84 N84 N84 N84 N84 N84 N84 N84 N844 N844 N844 N844 N84 N84 N84 N84 Starters do not include heater packs. Select carton of heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages -6-7.,4.,4.,4.,4.,470.,470.,470.,470.,60.,60.,60.,60.,790.,790.,790.,790.,9.,9.,9.,9.,70.,70.,70.,70. -Pole, NM ust-tight Industrial xternal Reset (NM R) N808 N808 N808 N808 N88 N88 N88 N88 N88 N88 N88 N88 N88 N88 N88 N88 N848 N848 N848 N848 NM Sizes 6 9 are available. See PG..0.T.. Note: Reference to nclosed ontrol Product Guide PG..0.T.. ccessories, Kits Wiring iagrams imensions Technical ata Multi-Speed NM Sizes 9 N88 N88 N88 N88 Page - to to -8 - to to to -0-9 to ,.,.,.,.,60.,60.,60.,60. 4,. 4,. 4,. 4,. 9,8. 9,8. 9,8. 9,8. over Mounted ontrol..... Page - Modifications/ ccessories Pages iscount Symbol

67 January Vol., Ref. No. [008] -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Freedom Line -67 Product Selection ombination Starters with HMP/ Full Voltage Interchangeable Heater OLR V Maximum Table -4. lass N NM ombination HMP Non-reversing Motor Voltage Max. hp Rating Magnet oil Voltage ircuit reaker Type Starters with V coil (for separate control) are available. To order, substitute the letter for the 8th character of the listed catalog number. -Pole, NM General Purpose -Pole, NM R Rainproof Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed see Page i- of P.G..0.T.. ll NM enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order mod code R. -Pole, NM 4X Watertight & ust-tight Stainless Steel NM Size 0 08 HMP 7 HMP N0 N N0 N0,0.,0. N04 N04 40 HMP 7 N0 8. N0,0. N04 HMP N0 8. N0,0. N04 /4 HMP N0 8. N0,0. N04 HMP 7 N0 8. N0,0. N04 HMP N0 8. N0,0. N04 HMP N0 8. N0,0. N04 HMP 7 N06 8. N06,0. N046 HMP N07 8. N07,0. N047 NM Size 08 HMP 7 N 88. N,0. N4 HMP N 88. N,0. N4 7-/ HMP 0 N 88. N,0. N4 40 HMP 7 N 88. N,0. N4 HMP N 88. N,0. N4 7-/ HMP 0 N 88. N,0. N4 /4 HMP N 88. N,0. N4 HMP 7 N 88. N,0. N4 HMP N 88. N,0. N4 HMP 0 N 88. N,0. N4 HMP N 88. N,0. N4 HMP 7 N6 88. N6,0. N46 7-/ HMP N7 88. N7,0. N47 HMP 0 N8 88. N8,0. N48 Starters do not include heater packs. Select carton of heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages -6-7.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,.,.,.,.,.,. -Pole, NM ust-tight Industrial xternal Reset (NM R) N08 N08 N08 N08 N08 N08 N08 N08 N086 N087 N8 N8 N8 N8 N8 N8 NM enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. N8G becomes N9G. Note: Reference to nclosed ontrol Product Guide PG..0.T..,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,. N8 N8 N8 N8 N8 N86 N87 N88 Page,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0. ccessories, Kits Wiring iagrams imensions Technical ata Multi-Speed - to to -8 - to to to -9 over Mounted ontrol..... Page - Modifications/ ccessories Pages iscount Symbol

68 -68 -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Freedom Line January Vol., Ref. No. [0084] Table -4. lass N NM ombination HMP/ Non-reversing (ontinued) Motor Voltage Max. hp Rating Magnet oil Voltage ircuit reaker Type Starters with V coil (for separate control) are available. To order, substitute the letter for the 8th character of the listed catalog number. -Pole, NM General Purpose -Pole, NM R Rainproof Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed see Page i- of P.G..0.T.. ll NM enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order mod code R. -Pole, NM 4X Watertight & ust-tight Stainless Steel -Pole, NM ust-tight Industrial xternal Reset (NM R) NM Size HMP HMP HMP NF NF NF,60.,60.,60. NF NF NF,48.,48.,48. N4F N4F N4F,4.,4.,4. N8F N8F N8F,48.,48.,48. HMP 0 N9,60. N9,48. N49,4. N89,48. NM Size HMP 0 HMP 0 HMP 0 NG NG NG,8.,8.,8. NG NG NG,.,.,. N4G N4G N4G,40.,40.,40. N8G N8G N8G HMP 0 NI,8. NI,. N4I,40. N8I,. NM Size HMP HMP HMP HMP N4H N4H N4H N4H 4,44. 4,44. 4,44. 4,44. N4H N4H N4H N4H 4,800. 4,800. 4,800. 4,800. N44H N44H N44H N44H 6,. 6,. 6,. 6,. N48H N48H N48H N48H NM Size HMP HMP 400 NJ NK 9,60. 9,60. NJ NK,70.,70. N4J N4K 4,870. 4,870. N8J N8K,70., HMP HMP 400 NJ NK 9,60. 9,60. NJ NK,70.,70. N4J N4K 4,870. 4,870. N8J N8K,70.,70. HMP HMP 400 NJ NK 9,60. 9,60. NJ NK,70.,70. N4J N4K 4,870. 4,870. N8J N8K,70.,70. HMP NJ 9,60. NJ,70. N4J 4,870. N8J,70. Starters do not include heater packs. Select carton of heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages NM enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. N8G becomes N9G. Note: Reference to nclosed ontrol Product Guide PG..0.T.. Page,.,.,. 4,800. 4,800. 4,800. 4,800. ccessories, Kits Wiring iagrams imensions Technical ata Multi-Speed - to to -8 - to to to -9 over Mounted ontrol..... Page - Modifications/ ccessories Pages iscount Symbol

69 January Vol., Ref. No. [008] -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Freedom Line -69 Table -. lass N NM ombination HMP/ Reversing Motor Voltage Max. hp Rating Magnet oil Voltage ircuit reaker Type Other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages, see Page -. -Pole, NM General Purpose -Pole, NM R Rainproof Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed see Page i- of P.G..0.T.. ll NM enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order mod code R. -Pole, NM 4X Watertight & ust-tight Stainless Steel NM Size 0 08 HMP 7 HMP N N,0.,0. N N,40.,40. N4 N4 40 HMP 7 N,0. N,40. N4 HMP N,0. N,40. N4 /4 HMP N,0. N,40. N4 HMP 7 N,0. N,40. N4 HMP N,0. N,40. N4 HMP N,0. N,40. N4 HMP 7 N6,0. N6,40. N46 HMP N7,0. N7,40. N47 NM Size 08 HMP 7 N,8. N,. N4 HMP N,8. N,. N4 7-/ HMP 0 N,8. N,. N4 40 HMP 7 N,8. N,. N4 HMP N,8. N,. N4 7-/ HMP 0 N,8. N,. N4 /4 HMP N,8. N,. N4 HMP 7 N,8. N,. N4 HMP N,8. N,. N4 HMP 0 N,8. N,. N4 HMP N,8. N,. N4 HMP 7 N6,8. N6,. N46 7-/ HMP N7,8. N7,. N47 HMP 0 N8,8. N8,. N48 Starters do not include heater packs. Select carton of heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages -6-7.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,09.,09.,09.,09.,09.,09. -Pole, NM ust-tight Industrial xternal Reset (NM R) N8 N8 N8 N8 N8 N8 N8 N8 N86 N87 N8 N8 N8 N8 N8 N8 NM enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. N8G becomes N9G. Note: Reference to nclosed ontrol Product Guide PG..0.T..,09.,09.,09.,09.,09.,09.,09.,09. N8 N8 N8 N8 N8 N86 N87 N88 Page,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,. ccessories, Kits Wiring iagrams imensions - to to -8 - to -4 Technical ata 4- to 4-8 over Mounted ontrol..... Page - Modifications/ ccessories Pages iscount Symbol

70 -70 -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Freedom Line January Vol., Ref. No. [0086] Table -. lass N NM ombination HMP/ Reversing (ontinued) Motor Voltage Max. hp Rating Magnet oil Voltage ircuit reaker Type Starters with V coil (for separate control) are available. To order, substitute the letter for the 8th character of the listed catalog number. -Pole, NM General Purpose -Pole, NM R Rainproof Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed see Page i- of P.G..0.T.. ll NM enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order mod code R. -Pole, NM 4X Watertight & ust-tight Stainless Steel -Pole, NM ust-tight Industrial xternal Reset (NM R) NM Size HMP HMP HMP NF NF NF,040.,040.,040. NF NF NF,.,.,. N4F N4F N4F,8.,8.,8. N8F N8F N8F,.,.,. HMP N9,040. N9,. N49,8. N89,. NM Size HMP 0 HMP 0 HMP 0 NG NG NG,0.,0.,0. NG NG NG,440.,440.,440. N4G N4G N4G,.,.,. N8G N8G N8G HMP 0 NI,0. NI,440. N4I,. N8I,440. NM Size HMP HMP HMP HMP N4H N4H N4H N4H 6,9. 6,9. 6,9. 6,9. N4H N4H N4H N4H 7,960. 7,960. 7,960. 7,960. N44H N44H N44H N44H 9,660. 9,660. 9,660. 9,660. N48H N48H N48H N48H NM Size HMP HMP 400 NJ NK,980.,980. NJ NK 6,0. 6,0. N4J N4K 0,990. 0,990. N8J N8K 6,0. 6, HMP HMP 400 NJ NK,980.,980. NJ NK 6,0. 6,0. N4J N4K 0,990. 0,990. N8J N8K 6,0. 6,0. HMP HMP 400 NJ NK,980.,980. NJ NK 6,0. 6,0. N4J N4K 0,990. 0,990. N8J N8K 6,0. 6,0. HMP NJ,980. NJ 6,0. N4J 0,990. N8J 6,0. Starters do not include heater packs. Select carton of heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages NM enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. N8G becomes N9G. Note: Reference to nclosed ontrol Product Guide PG..0.T.. Page,440.,440.,440. 7,960. 7,960. 7,960. 7,960. ccessories, Kits Wiring iagrams imensions - to to -8 - to -4 Technical ata 4- to 4-8 over Mounted ontrol..... Page - Modifications/ ccessories Pages iscount Symbol

71 January Vol., Ref. No. [0087] -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Freedom Line -7 Table -6. lass N4 NM ombination HMP/ with PT Non-reversing Motor Voltage Max. hp Rating Secondary Magnet oil Voltage ircuit reaker Type Other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages, see Page -. -Pole, NM General Purpose -Pole, NM R Rainproof Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed see Page i- of P.G..0.T.. ll NM enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order mod code R. -Pole, NM 4X Watertight & ust-tight Stainless Steel NM Size 0 08 HMP 7 HMP N40 N40,0.,0. N40 N40,9.,9. N404 N HMP 7 N40,0. N40,9. N404 HMP N40,0. N40,9. N404 /4 HMP N40,0. N40,9. N404 HMP 7 N40,0. N40,9. N404 HMP N40,0. N40,9. N404 HMP N40,0. N40,9. N404 HMP 7 N406,0. N406,9. N4046 HMP N407,0. N407,9. N4047 NM Size 08 HMP 7 N4,067. N4,. N44 HMP N4,067. N4,. N44 7-/ HMP 0 N4,067. N4,. N44 40 HMP 7 N4,067. N4,. N44 HMP N4,067. N4,. N44 7-/ HMP 0 N4,067. N4,. N44 /4 HMP N4,067. N4,. N44 HMP 7 N4,067. N4,. N44 HMP N4,067. N4,. N44 HMP 0 N4,067. N4,. N44 HMP N4,067. N4,. N44 HMP 7 N46,067. N46,. N446 7-/ HMP N47,067. N47,. N447 HMP 0 N48,067. N48,. N448 Starters do not include heater packs. Select carton of heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages -6-7.,68.,68.,68.,68.,68.,68.,68.,68.,68.,68.,7.,7.,7.,7.,7.,7. -Pole, NM ust-tight Industrial xternal Reset (NM R) N408 N408 N408 N408 N408 N408 N408 N408 N4086 N4087 N48 N48 N48 N48 N48 N48 NM enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. N48G becomes N49G. Note: Reference to nclosed ontrol Product Guide PG..0.T..,7.,7.,7.,7.,7.,7.,7.,7. N48 N48 N48 N48 N48 N486 N487 N488 Page,9.,9.,9.,9.,9.,9.,9.,9.,9.,9.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,. ccessories, Kits Wiring iagrams imensions Technical ata Multi-Speed - to to -8 - to to to -9 over Mounted ontrol..... Page - Modifications/ ccessories Pages iscount Symbol

72 -7 -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Freedom Line January Vol., Ref. No. [0088] Table -6. lass N4 NM ombination HMP/ with PT Non-reversing (ontinued) Primary Voltage Max. hp Rating Secondary Magnet oil Voltage ircuit reaker Type Other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages, see Page -. -Pole, NM General Purpose -Pole, NM R Rainproof Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed see Page i- of P.G..0.T.. ll NM enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order mod code R. -Pole, NM 4X Watertight & ust-tight Stainless Steel -Pole, NM ust-tight Industrial xternal Reset (NM R) NM Size HMP HMP HMP N4F N4F N4F,.,.,. N4F N4F N4F,740.,740.,740. N44F N44F N44F,0.,0.,0. N48F N48F N48F,740.,740.,740. HMP N49,. N49,740. N449,0. N489,740. NM Size HMP 0 HMP 0 HMP 0 N4G N4G N4G,.,.,. N4G N4G N4G,490.,490.,490. N44G N44G N44G,9.,9.,9. N48G N48G N48G HMP 0 N4I,. N4I,490. N44I,9. N48I,490. NM Size HMP HMP HMP HMP N44H N44H N44H N44H 4,44. 4,44. 4,44. 4,44. N44H N44H N44H N44H,.,.,.,. N444H N444H N444H N444H 6,6. 6,6. 6,6. 6,6. N448H N448H N448H N448H NM Size HMP HMP 400 N4J N4K 9,77. 9,77. N4J N4K,4.,4. N44J N44K,8.,8. N48J N48K,4., HMP HMP 400 N4J N4K 9,77. 9,77. N4J N4K,4.,4. N44J N44K,8.,8. N48J N48K,4.,4. HMP HMP 400 N4J N4K 9,77. 9,77. N4J N4K,4.,4. N44J N44K,8.,8. N48J N48K,4.,4. HMP N4J 9,77. N4J,4. N44J,8. N48J,4. Starters do not include heater packs. Select carton of heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages NM enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. N48G becomes N49G. Note: Reference to nclosed ontrol Product Guide PG..0.T.. Page,490.,490.,490.,.,.,.,. ccessories, Kits Wiring iagrams imensions Technical ata Multi-Speed - to to -8 - to to to -9 over Mounted ontrol..... Page - Modifications/ ccessories Pages iscount Symbol

73 January Vol., Ref. No. [0089] Product Family Overview dvantage Line -7 Size and Starter Product Setting a New Standard in Motor ontrol Revolutionary in design, dvantage motor starters employ state-of-the-art technology in solving motor control application problems that have existed for ages. ustomer focus group input and 66,000 man-hours of engineering ingenuity have been combined to create a motor starter that dramatically extends operating life in a physical space requirement one half the size of conventional motor starters. Offering motor overcurrent protection accurate to % at maximum FL, dvantage also maintains constant coil power regardless of varying control circuit conditions, eliminating coil burnout, contact chatter and welding due to low voltage of fluttering control signals. dvantage is designed with a full complement of features that make it the most versatile motor starter in the industry. Multifunction overload protection options provide application flexibility while reducing inventory. ommunication capability extends benefits, allowing dvantage to be interactively linked to higher order control systems for monitoring, troubleshooting and control. Technological advances incorporated in the dvantage design, such as prestart diagnostics, increased accuracy and the ability to communicate with other systems, are benefits not realized in traditional motor starters. enefits dvantage reakthroughs To achieve the level of benefits envisioned for dvantage controls at a competitive price, it was discovered early in the development process that simply improving existing design concepts would fall short of the mark. new approach involving a higher level of technology was required. The result was the incorporation of three technical breakthroughs new current sensing monitoring, an energybalanced contact closure system that increased life by decreasing electrical and mechanical wear and an intelligent coil controller optimizing the contact closing process based on varying control circuit conditions. oordinating these breakthroughs to provide enhanced motor control performance is concentrated in the SUR chip. Patented SUR hip Increases Life dvantage uses the right combination of brains and brawn in effecting a motor start. The power circuit of the contactor employs heavy-duty silver alloy contacts scientifically designed for long life. The addition of a uniquely developed application-specific microprocessor chip, called SUR, regulates power supplied to the operating coil. The regulated closing profile is tailored to existing control circuit conditions by the SUR chip. This results in an energy balanced system which reduces armature/magnet crash and contact bounce, extending mechanical and electrical life. Improved Protection and Motor Utilization The motor circuit monitoring and overload protection functions of dvantage starters are provided by three current sensors closely monitored by the SUR chip. This sensor/microprocessor combination yields a protection scheme closely paralleling that of the motor heating damage boundary expressed in terms of current and time. ccurate to % of full scale, dvantage allows full utilization of motor capability without motor damage or nuisance tripping. No Heaters, Small Size dvantage starters eliminate the need for costly heater elements and their associated installation expense. Standard overload protection functions include phase loss and unbalance protection, selectable trip class, automatic/manual reset and ground current protection. uilt-in ommunications apabilities Provide Two-Way ontrol dvantage also offers low cost communication capability. ON/OFF commands, status and motor data can be linked to automated control systems without the addition of costly sensors, I/O modules and transducers, in a language compatible with many computer-based software systems in use today. Protected by patents and proven in many years of operating experience in harsh industrial applications, dvantage motor starters and contactors offer the user unprecedented value at a price competitive with traditional devices.

74 -74 ontactors Non-reversing and Reversing dvantage Line January Vol., Ref. No. [0090] ontents Product Family Overview Page Product enefits ontactors Non-reversing and Reversing Product Features Product Selection Technical ata ccessories and Field Modification Kits Renewal Parts ontrol Modules imensions Wiring iagrams Size and 4 Starter Product W0 Nonreversing ontactors W Horizontal Reversing ontactors (shown above) long axis horizontal W Vertical Reversing ontactors (not illustrated) long axis vertical Features Small physical size rownout protection ommunications capability Long electrical life Higher contact force Product Selection When Ordering Specify Non-reversing as specified in table below. Reversing as specified in table below. Table -7. dvantage ontactors -Pole Non-reversing and Reversing NM Sizes 6 NM Size Motor Voltage Max. hp ontinuous mperes (nclosed) oil Voltage/Hz Non-reversing Reversing (Horizontal) Reversing (Vertical) / 7-/ /60 / 4 /60 / 90 /60 / /60 / 70 /60 / 40 /60 / W0KF W0KN W0KF W0KN W0KF W0KN W0K4F W0K4N W0KF W0KN W0K6F W0K6N ,7.,7.,7.,7.,40.,40. WKF WKN WKF WKN WKF WKN WK4F WK4N WKF WKN WK6F WK6N ,.,.,84.,84. 4,90. 4,90. 8,. 8,. 0,840. 0,840. WKF WKN WKF WKN WKF WKN WK4F WK4N WKF WKN WK6F WK6N ,.,.,84.,84. 4,90. 4,90. 8,. 8,. 0,840. 0,840. iscount Symbol

75 January Vol., Ref. No. [009] Starters Non-reversing and Reversing dvantage Line -7 ontents Product Family Overview Page Product enefits Starters Non-reversing and Reversing Product Features Technical ata Options Product Selection Technical ata ccessories and Field Modification Kits Renewal Parts ontrol Modules imensions Wiring iagrams Features Starter Small physical size rownout protection ommunications capability Minimized bounce times Higher contact force ommon auxiliary contacts Motor Protection Heaters not required selectable settings Overload protection accuracy % Phase loss and phase unbalance protection Ground current protection OL Protection Settings Selectable automatic/manual reset Selectable trip class, 0, 0 or no protection (disables overload) Selectable trip current Technical ata Table -8. Motor FL Ranges NM Size 4 6 For motor full load current (FL) range of.47.8 with a. to. service factor and for motor hp range of /4 hp to hp at V. Options Table -9. Optional Features. to. Service Factor Service Factor Omit lass II Ground-urrent Protection Omit Phase-Loss Protection Omit both lass II Ground-urrent Protection and Phase-Loss Protection Suffix Y7 Y4 Y4Y7 Size and 6 Starter Product W Nonreversing Starters (shown above) W Horizontal Reversing Starters long axis horizontal. W Vertical Reversing Starters (not illustrated) long axis vertical.

76 -76 Starters Non-reversing and Reversing dvantage Line January Vol., Ref. No. [009] Product Selection When Ordering Specify Non-reversing as specified in table below. Reversing as specified in table below. Table -. dvantage Starters -Pole Non-reversing and Reversing Wired for Separate ontrol Heaters Not Required NM Sizes 6 NM Size Motor Voltage 4 6 Max. hp 7-/ 7-/ ontinuous mperes (nclosed) oil Voltage/Hz 7 /60 / 7 /60 / 4 /60 / 90 /60 / /60 / 70 /60 / 40 /60 / Non-reversing WMLF WMLN WMF WMN WMF WMN WMF WMN WM4F WM4N WMF WMN WM6F WM6N Reversing (Horizontal) Reversing (Vertical) For motor full load current (FL) range of.47.8 with a. to. service factor and for motor hp range of /4 hp to hp at V ,90.,90. 4,9. 4,9.,870.,870. WMLF WMLN WMF WMN WMF WMN WMF WMN WM4F WM4N WMF WMN WM6F WM6N ,0.,0.,980.,980. 4,780. 4,780. 9,40. 9,40.,.,. WMLF WMLN WMF WMN WMF WMN WMF WMN WM4F WM4N WMF WMN WM6F WM6N ,0.,0.,980.,980. 4,780. 4,780. 9,40. 9,40.,.,. iscount Symbol

77 January Vol., Ref. No. [009] Non-reversing Two-Speed Starters dvantage Line -77 ontents Product Family Overview Page Product enefits Starters Non-reversing Two-Speed Product Selection Technical ata ccessories and Field Modification Kits Renewal Parts ontrol Modules imensions Wiring iagrams Product Selection When Ordering Specify as shown in table below. Table -. Two-Speed dvantage Starters Wired for Separate ontrol Heaters Not Required NM Sizes 6 NM Size Motor Voltage Max. Horsepower onstant or Variable Torque onstant hp For Separate () Winding Type Motors Wye Wye / 7-/ / 7-/ 7-/ ontinuous mperes (nclosed) oil Voltage/ Hz 7 /60 / 7 /60 / 4 /60 / 90 /60 / /60 / 70 /60 / 40 /60 / Open Type (Horizontal) W960MLFM W960MLNM W960MFM W960MNM W960MFM W960MNM W960MFM W960MNM W960M4FM W960M4NM W960MFM W960MNM W960M6FM W960M6NM For motor full load current (FL) range of.47.8 with a. to. service factor and for motor hp range of /4 hp to hp at V ,6.,6.,88.,88.,888.,888.,8.,8.,9.,9. iscount Symbol

78 -78 Non-reversing Two-Speed Starters dvantage Line January Vol., Ref. No. [0094] Table -. Two-Speed dvantage Starters Wired for Separate ontrol Heaters Not Required NM Sizes 6 (ontinued) NM Size Motor Voltage Max. Horsepower onstant or Variable Torque onstant hp For Single Winding Type Motors onstant Horsepower / 7-/ 7-/ ontinuous mperes (nclosed) oil Voltage/ Hz 7 /60 / 7 /60 / 4 /60 / 90 /60 / /60 / 70 /60 / 40 /60 / For Single Winding Type Motors (onstant or Variable Torque) / 7-/ /60 / 7 /60 / 4 /60 / 90 /60 / /60 / 70 /60 / 40 /60 / Open Type (Horizontal) W970MLFM W970MLNM W970MFM W970MNM W970MFM W970MNM W970MFM W970MNM W970M4FM W970M4NM W970MFM W970MNM W970M6FM W970M6NM W980MLFM W980MLNM W980MFM W980MNM W980MFM W980MNM W980MFM W980MNM W980M4FM W980M4NM W980MFM W980MNM W980M6FM W980M6NM For motor full load current (FL) range of.47.8 with a. to. service factor and for motor hp range of /4 hp to hp at V.,6.,6.,6.,6.,7.,7.,7.00,7.00 8,9.00 8,9.00,96.00,96.00,68.00,68.00,6.,6.,6.,6.,7.,7.,7.00,7.00 8,9.00 8,9.00,96.00,96.00,68.00,68.00 iscount Symbol

79 January Vol., Ref. No. [009] Technical ata dvantage Line -79 Table -. lectrical haracteristics, Sizes 6 Size Size Size Size 4 Size Size 6 Maximum Voltage Rating V V V V V V mpere Rating Open nclosed Maximum Horsepower Squirrel age Motor V, 60 Hz V, 60 Hz 80V, Hz V, 60 Hz Resistive Heating, kw Three-Phase, -Pole V 40V V V apacitor Switching kvr Three-Phase 40V V V Transformer Switching, kv Three-Phase, -Pole 08V 40V V V 7-/ hp 7-/ hp hp hp kw kw 0 kw kw hp hp hp hp Resistive loads having inrush currents not exceeding. times continuous rating. Transformers having inrush currents not more than 0 times peak of continuous current ratings..6 kv 4. kv 8. kv kv 8. kw 7 kw 4 kw 4 kw kvr kvr kvr 6. kv 7. kv 4 kv 8 kv hp 0 hp hp hp 7 kw 4 kw 68 kw 86 kw 7 kvr kvr 67 kvr kv 4 kv 8 kv kv 40 hp hp 7 hp 0 hp 6 kw 68 kw kw kw 40 kvr 80 kvr 0 kvr 0 kv kv 47 kv 9 kv 7 hp 0 hp hp hp kw kw kw 60 kw 80 kvr 60 kvr kvr 4 kv 47 kv 94 kv 7 kv hp hp 00 hp 400 hp kw kw 4 kw kw 60 kvr 0 kvr 400 kvr 8 kv 94 kv 88 kv 4 kv Table -. 80V, Hz Starters Maximum Horsepower Ratings NM Size 4 6 Maximum hp 7 00 Ground urrent Sensing Protection utler-hammer dvantage starters with ground current sensing protection feature provide equipment protection against ground currents between a factory-set low level and a lockout current. It is designed to open the circuit when it senses the low-level and arcing ground currents often occurring in motor branch circuits. This feature is standard with utler-hammer dvantage starters. The ground current sensing protection feature can either be omitted from devices supplied by the factory, or omitted in the field by modifying the device with an dvantage Programming Module (WPM). Note: These devices are NOT Ground Fault Interrupters (GFIs) designed to protect people. dditionally, branch circuit short-circuit protective devices are to be used to clear faults that exceed the interrupting rating of the starter. Table -4. Ground urrent Sensing Size Trip urrent Lockout urrent Trip Time IL 4.4 sec sec sec sec sec sec sec. The table above gives trip amperes and lockout amperes for each size of the starter. Lockout current is the sum of the phase current and ground current. Phase Unbalance If the unbalance of any two phases is greater than 0% of the IP switch selected trip rating of the starter, a phase unbalance is declared and a trip occurs. No time delay is required for reset. This feature is standard in the utler-hammer dvantage starter. To customize your protection, phase unbalance can be omitted by disabling the protection using an dvantage Programming Module (WPM). Phase Loss The dvantage starter will trip on phase loss, after two seconds, if the current in any one phase is lower than the currents listed in the table below. No time delay is required for reset. Phase loss protection is standard on the utler- Hammer dvantage starter. The phase loss protection feature can either be omitted from devices supplied by the factory, or omitted in the field by modifying the device with an dvantage Programming Module (WPM). Table -. Phase Trip Time Size Size Size Size 4 Size Size 6 Phase Unbalance Level Phase Unbalance Trip elay Phase Loss Trip after sec. if Phase urrent is below: 0% Unbalance 6 sec. 9 sec. sec Size Lower urrent Range for motor hp range of /4 hp to hp at V.

80 -80 Technical ata dvantage Line January Vol., Ref. No. [0096] Table -6. Operating oil haracteristics at Rated oil Volts, Sizes 6 Size Size Size Size 4 Size Size 6 oil urden Inrush V losed V losed Watts Pick-Up Volts rop-out Volts Recommended V rating for machine tool control power transformers V V W 78V 60V V V W 78V 60V 0 V V W 78V 60V 0 V V W 78V 60V V V W 78V 60V Note: The above represent typical production test values and should not be interpreted as a guarantee of actual performance. Values may vary based upon control power transformer capacities. V V W 78V 60V 0 V 0 V V V 00 V 00 V dvantage contactors will withstand % of their rated voltage continuously without injury to the operating coils and will close successfully at 6% of their rated voltage. Table -7. Mechanical haracteristics Sizes 6 Size Size Size Size 4 Size Size 6 imensions in Inches (mm) Height Width epth Panel area, square inches Shipping weight, lbs. 6. (6.). (6.) 4.96 (6.0) (6.). (6.) 4.96 (6.0) (0.).68 (9.) 6.4 (66.) (0.).68 (9.) 6.4 (66.) (6.0) 7.07 (79.6) 7.64 (94.) (6.0) 7.07 (79.6) 7.64 (94.) Maximum cable size/phase copper WG/MM 8 WG 4 WG MM MM () 0 MM () 0 MM uxiliary lectrical ircuits vailable Maximum wire size for auxiliary electrical circuit WG Maximum wire size for control circuit WG () 4 () 4 () 4 () 4 () 4 () 4 Mechanical interlock combinations available Vert. Horiz. Vert. Horiz. Vert. Horiz. Vert. Horiz. Vert. Horiz. Vert. Horiz. lso referenced as kcmil (990 N) Motor FL, Three-Phase Table -8. ata from Table 40- of 990 N Horsepower Squirrel age V V V V /4 / /4 -/ 7-/ Note: These current values are for motors running at usual speeds and with normal torque characteristics. Motors for special low speed or high torque may require higher current. In all cases, OL trip current setting should be selected on basis of information on motor nameplate or motor card data Table -9. Temperature Specifications, Sizes 6 mbient Temperature Storage -40 to 0 (-40 to F) Operating -40 to 70 (-40 to 68 F) xternal (NM nclosed) -40 to 40 (-40 to 4 F) Table -. IP Switch Overload Protection Settings Reset Method Position 8 MNUL (Non-automatic wait minutes) 0 UTOMTI (Reset time is based on protection lass) Overload lass Position 7 Position None

81 January Vol., Ref. No. [0097] Overload Trip urrent Settings Technical ata dvantage Line -8 Full Voltage Starters To select the overload current trip setting, find the starter size table. Locate the full load current from motor nameplate in column or. hange IP switch positions to correspond to the table. Reduced Voltage Starters Multiply the full load current from motor nameplate by factor below for your type of reduced voltage starter. Find this adjusted full load current in starter Size table in olumn or. hange IP switch positions to correspond to the table. Table -. Factor W utotransformer W700 Part Winding W800, W890 Wye-elta Table -. Size Lower urrent Range olumn Service Factor. to. olumn Service Factor.0 Min. Max. Min. Max Trip Rating mperes ll settings not shown are equivalent to uto/man lass ontrol Voltage OL Set P Figure -9. IP Switch, Terminals and Reset Multiplier Factor.0.. IP Switch Setting (Positions) (4) Reset Table -. Size Upper urrent Range olumn Service Factor. to. olumn Service Factor.0 Min. Max. Min. Max ll settings not shown are equivalent to Table -4. Size urrent Range olumn Service Factor. to olumn Service Factor.0 Min. Max. Min. Max Trip Rating mperes Trip Rating mperes ll settings not shown are equivalent to IP Switch Setting (Positions) (4) IP Switch Setting (Positions) (4)

82 -8 Technical ata dvantage Line January Vol., Ref. No. [0098] Overload Trip urrent Settings (ontinued) Table -. Size urrent Range olumn Service Factor. to. olumn Service Factor.0 Min. Max. Min. Max ll settings not shown are equivalent to Table -6. Size 4 urrent Range olumn Service Factor. to. olumn Service Factor.0 Min. Max. Min. Max Trip Rating mperes Trip Rating mperes ll settings not shown are equivalent to IP Switch Setting (Positions) (4) IP Switch Setting (Positions) (4) Table -7. Size urrent Range olumn Service Factor. to. olumn Service Factor.0 Min. Max. Min. Max ll settings not shown are equivalent to Table -8. Size 6 urrent Range Trip Rating mperes ll settings not shown are equivalent to IP Switch Setting (Positions) (4) olumn Service Factor. to. olumn Service Factor.0 Min. Max. Min. Max Trip Rating mperes IP Switch Setting (Positions) (4)

83 January Vol., Ref. No. [0099] Technical ata dvantage Line -8 Short ircuit Ratings Table -9. Short-ircuit Ratings Short-ircuit Protective evice (SP) Size Max. Rating (SP) ircuit reaker Interrupting Rating Short-ircuit Withstand Rating urrent Voltage Typical isconnect evice lass H Fuse 60,000 V 0 S Sw. lass J, R or T Fuse Magnetic Only Type Thermal Magnetic Type Magnetic Only Type plus L 60 0,000,000 0,000, ,000,000 0,000, ,000,000 6,000,000 0,000,000 V V 0 S Sw. 6,000 V 0 F-K Molded ase Sw. 6,000,000 0,000,000 V V V V V V V V V V V V HMP HMPS HMPS HMP HMP HF F 0 0,000 V HMP plus L Thermal/Mag.,000 0,000 V HF plus L Type plus L Size lass H Fuse 0,000 V 60 S Sw. lass J, R or T Fuse Magnetic Only Type Thermal Magnetic Type Magnetic Only Type plus L 0 0,000,000 0,000, ,000,000 0,000,000 V V 60 S Sw. 6,000 V 0 F-K Molded ase Sw. 6,000,000 0,000,000 V V V V V V HMP HF F 0,000 V HMP plus L Thermal/Mag. 90,000 0,000 V HF plus L Type plus L Size lass H Fuse,000 V 0 S Sw. lass R Fuse 0,000 6,000 lass J or T Fuse Magnetic Only Type Thermal Magnetic Magnetic Only Type plus L Thermal/Mag. Type plus L 0,000 6,000 0,000,000 6,000,000 0,000,000 6,000,000 0,000,000 V V V V V V V V V V 0 F-K Molded ase Sw. 0 F-K Molded ase Sw. HMP HF F 0 0,000 V HMP plus L,000 0,000 V HF plus L Short-ircuit Protective evice (SP) Size 4 Max. Rating (SP) ircuit reaker Interrupting Rating Short-ircuit Withstand Rating urrent Voltage Typical isconnect evice lass H Fuse 0,000 V S Sw. lass J Fuse 400 0,000 6,000 lass R or lass T Fuse Magnetic Only Type Thermal Magnetic Type 400 0,000 6,000 0,000,000 0,000,000 6,000,000 0,000,000 6,000,000 V V V V V V V V V V J-K Molded ase Sw. J-K Molded ase Sw. HMP J HJ Magnetic Only 0,000 V HMP plus L Type plus L Size lass H Fuse,000 V 400 K-K lass J, R or T Fuse Magnetic Only Type Thermal Magnetic Type Size 6 lass J, R or T Fuse 0,000 V 0,000, ,000, ,000,000,000 6,000 0,000,000 0,000 6,000 lass L Fuse 800 0,000 6,000 Magnetic Only Type Thermal Magnetic Type 0,000, ,000,000 6,000, ,000,000 6,000,000 6,000,000 V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V Molded ase Sw. HMP HF K HK L-K Molded ase Sw. L-K Molded ase Sw. HMP Magnetic Only HMP HL Thermal Magnetic HM Thermal/Mag. 800,000 0,000 V N Tri-Pac with L Instantaneous adjustable trip. ircuit breaker. Inverse time circuit breaker. Instantaneous adjustable trip with current limiting attachment. Inverse time with built-in current limiting attachment.

84 -84 ccessories and Field Modification Kits dvantage Line January Vol., Ref. No. [00] evicenet ommunications Module evicenet Module The evicenet ommunications module ( WPONIN) is designed to plug into the dvantage with the attached cable and plug. The module can be snapped onto the top or bottom of the dvantage unit. It can also be mounted separately using the mounting plate assembly ( WPONIS). The module provides evicenet users with the ability to control and monitor the functions of the dvantage system at, or 0 kbaud. connector is provided so that a HN/OFF/UTO hard contact may be used to selectively enable or disable the output of the control functions from the module without affecting its ability to monitor. Feedback input is provided so that the state of an auxiliary contact may be read over the evicenet network. Three bicolor Ls indicate: evicenet address Network status (including connected, not connected, not powered) Module status (including normal operation, minor fault, needs commissioning) Type W uxiliary ontact Modules Provides four separate contact sets which wire vertically and are color coded; black designates N and silver designated NO. Up to two auxiliary contact modules can be mounted for a total of up to eight contact sets. Provides circuit isolation (no polarity restrictions) and single break bifurcated contacts. ommon design fits all Sizes 6. Table -4. Ratings Voltage Make reak NM V NM Q00 00V Table -4. uxiliary ontact Modules NO, N NO, N 4NO 4N NO, N NO, N and Tie Points 7 V 70 V W W W40 W04 W WT Transformer Pilot Light Kits Table -44. Transformer Pilot Light Kits Voltage olor Legend Plate 40 Red Red Red Green 69 V 69 V RUN RUN RUN OFF PLKR PLKR PLK4R PLKG ell larm Module ell larm Module Simple snap-on mounting see mounting examples in Figure -0. Isolated NO and N contacts ( each) Plugs into Reset port Remote electrical Reset wired to WLL module Table -4. Ratings Form ontact Ratings Maximum mperes V Make reak 880 V V WLL 4. ontinuous urrent Rating: Replacement Part Table -40. evicenet Interface evicenet Interface Module WPONIN 4.00 Mounting Plate ssembly WPONIS.40 Note: See Page -99 for WPONI Network Interface. iscount Symbol

85 January Vol., Ref. No. [0] ccessories and Field Modification Kits dvantage Line -8 Top View Sizes & Sizes & 4 Sizes & 6.68 (4.7).6 (40.9) From NO/N ontact Local L Trip Indication (When Used) (ll Sizes) ontrol Wire Ring/Spade Terminal lock. (7.) Front View.9 (7.4).47 (7.).4 (4.4) For Removal of ell larm Module. (4.0) (ll Sizes) Optional Mounting Locations Mounting ell larm Modules Figure -0. pproximate imensions in Inches (mm) Note: Plug Orientation (ll Sizes).0 (.9) For Removal of Plug (ll Sizes).70 (7.8) istance to e dded to the Width of ontactor.70 (7.8).9 (.6) 4.0 (6.7) Mechanical Interlock Kits Installed Mechanical Interlock Kit Prevents closing of one contactor of a reversing or multispeed controller until the opposite contactor is completely open. Lever type mechanism assures positive action. lectrical interlocking contacts included two N contacts. Note: These kits cannot be field installed on reversing starters. Figure -. pproximate imensions in Inches (mm) For use with all Sizes 6. Provisions for ring or spade type lugs or stripped conductors. ottom side pre-wired with color coded conductors. Side mounting on contactor identical to Type W auxiliary contact module mounting or can be mounted on Type W auxiliary contacts. Kit contains fuses for use with all size starters. Table -46. ontrol Wire Terminal lock ontrol Wire Terminal lock WTF6 7. Table -4. Mechanical Interlock Kits Orientation NM Size Horizontal 6 WM6H 4.7 Vertical,, 4 6 Vertical or to or 4 or 4 to or 6, 6 WMV WM4V WMV WM66V WMVR WM4VR WMV Used to interlock a Size or to a Size or 4 mounts on right only. Used to interlock a Size or 4 to a Size or 6 mounts on right only. Interconnecting bus bars are furnished with the interlock. iscount Symbol

86 -86 ccessories and Field Modification Kits / Renewal Parts dvantage Line January Vol., Ref. No. [0] OL Selection IP Switch Window Internal Trip Indicator Mount remotely up to 6 ft. away Unit completely assembled including legend plate vailable also in reset-only form no trip indication provided Table -. Remote Pushbuttons IP Switch Window Internal Trip Indicator Overload condition indication indicated by blinking light Trip condition indicated by solid light Table -49. Trip Indicator Internal Trip Indicator WL.00 Reset with Trip Indication ft. able 6 ft. able ft. able Reset Only ft. able 6 ft. able ft. able onversion Kit Reset Only to Reset with Trip Indication 6 ft. able Only ft. able Only L Replacement ulb WRSTL4 WRSTL7 WRSTL80 WRST4 WRST7 WRST WRLTT 9.00 WR7 WR80 WRLT Figure -. IP Switch Window Simple snap-in installation llows clear visibility of IP switches Prevents unwanted tampering of IP switch settings Once in must be pried out from rear One window supplied with each starter Table -47. IP Switch Window IP Switch Window, Package of IN Rail dapter Kit WIPSW. Provides snap-on mounting on mm IN rail For use with Sizes and nonreversing contactors and starters ompetitive aseplate Kit llows for direct retrofit of competitive non-reversing starters liminates the need for re-drilling and tapping of mounting holes Simple selection of competitive footprints Table -. aseplate Kit Sizes and Sizes and 4 WS WS4 Remote Reset and Trip Indicator Pushbutton.7.7 Renewal Parts Table -. Replacement ontact Kits NM Size 4 6 Table -. Replacement oils oil Size & & 4 & 6 of Poles Voltage and Hz /V 60 Hz /V 60 Hz /V 60 Hz WK WK WK WK4 WK WK6 WOILF WOIL4F WOIL6F ,.00, Table -48. IN Rail dapter Kit IN Rail dapter Kit WIN 8.0 FW/RV/OFF/UTO ontrol OL condition indication Trip indication OL phase-loss/ unbalance and ground fault OL reset capability T for 0 mm mounting NM 4 oiltight rated iscount Symbol

87 January Vol., Ref. No. [0] dvantage ontrol Modules dvantage Line -87 Full Voltage Pushbutton ontrol Module Metering Module The dvantage ontrol Modules (M) provide a cost-effective alternative to pushbuttons, selector switches, indicating lights, reset mechanisms, bell alarms and panel meters when used with the dvantage product line. Typical input/output control functions provided by panel mounted devices are conveniently packaged in a series of modules depending on application and complexity. Sixteen styles cover applications ranging from: Full voltage non-reversing Full voltage reversing Full voltage multispeed Reduced voltage evicenet compatible Modules exist for each application to provide the functions of: Status only Indicating lights Reset Status, STRT/STOP and RST Status, HO and RST Status, STRT/STOP/HO and RST n additional Metering Module replaces conventional ammeters (three-phase), replaces reset mechanisms and displays trip cause and data, control voltage and status. This Metering Module can be used independently or in conjunction with any of the Ms. n extra plug connection is available on the rear of each M to accept the Metering Module input. The M family has been designed to save: Panel space (versus conventional pushbuttons, selector switches and indicating lights) Mounting and assembly labor Wiring and installation time Regardless of the configuration, installation requires mounting only one. x. inch module, substantially reducing space requirements. Fitting a standard Greenlee punch and die set, Greenlee #7, installation is accomplished with only two screws. Ms provide savings in wiring costs as well. Regardless of the complexity of the application, wiring is reduced to a single plug-in cable, see photo at left. ommunication is not restricted by use of the dvantage ontrol Modules. n extra plug connection is available on the rear of the M or Metering Module to allow a WPONIN or WPONI ommunications module to be plugged in.. (7.) Run Off Status Only RS Reset OL larm OL Trip Trip. (88.9) Run Off STRT STOP RS Reset OL larm OL Trip Trip STRT/STOP ontrol Figure -. Full Voltage and Reduced Voltage ontrol Modules Full Voltage and Reduced Voltage ontrol Modules Status Only 4 Ls indicate that the motor is OFF, Running, Tripped or in larm mode (motor current is above the trip current setting) Includes RST button STRT/STOP Motor STRT/STOP controlled by STRT and STOP buttons Includes all features of Status Only module HO Selector Switch with STRT/STOP In HN mode, motor will start and stop in response to STRT/STOP pushbuttons In UTO mode, motor will run in response to remote signal Includes all features of Status Only module ON/OFF/UTO Selector Switch Motor will run in ON mode and not in the OFF mode In UTO mode the motor will run in response to a remote signal Includes all features of Status Only module Reduced Voltage ontrol Modules The four reduced voltage pushbutton control modules provide control using two to four starters and/or contactors. The faceplates are identical to the full voltage modules, and the pushbuttons all perform the same functions. The module is programmed for the type of reduced voltage starter which sets the sequence of contact open and closing. Run Off HN OFF UTO RS Reset OL larm OL Trip Trip STRT STOP Run Off ON OFF UTO RS Reset OL larm OL Trip Trip HN/OFF/UTO ontrol ON/OFF/UTO with STRT/STOP Pushbutton ontrol ontrol in HN Mode

88 -88 dvantage ontrol Modules dvantage Line January Vol., Ref. No. [04] Reversing and -Speed Pushbutton Modules. (88.9) FW Run Fwd Run Rev Off Run Fwd Run Rev Off. (7.) Status Only RS Reset OL larm OL Trip Trip Status Only RS Reset OL larm OL Trip Trip RV STRT/STOP ontrol Ls which indicate that the motor is OFF, running forward (FST), running reverse (SLOW), tripped or in alarm mode Includes RST button FORWR (FST)/RVRS (SLOW)/STOP Pushbuttons control whether motor is running forward (FST), running reverse (SLOW) or stopped Includes all features of Status Only module Metering Module The dvantage Metering Module monitors status of a motor along with any of the pushbutton modules. It may be plugged into the pushbutton control module, and communicates to the starter through it, or plugged directly into the starter when a pushbutton control module is not used. The four digit display will show the current in each phase, control voltage or cause of trip. The STP button may be pressed to step through these values, and the five Ls will indicate which value is being displayed. It is also equipped with a reset button and Trip Lockout L. STOP Run Fwd Run Rev Off OFF UTO RS Reset OL larm OL Trip Trip FW RV STOP HN FW/RV/OFF/ UTO ontrol FW/RV/OFF/UTO In UTO mode, motor is running forward (FST), running reverse (SLOW) or OFF in response to a remote signal ll features of FORWR/RVRS/ STOP module Note: For -speed modules, FST replaces FW and SLOW replaces RV. Figure -4. Reversing and -Speed Pushbutton Module M Specifications Input supply requirements: V (supplied by the dvantage motor controller) Max. distance from dvantage motor controller: 6 ft. (.8m) Operating frequency: or 60 Hz Operating temperature: -0 to 70 Storage temperature: -0 to 8 Humidity: 0 to 9%, non-condensing Remote input wire size: 8 4 WG Maximum distance between remote pushbuttons and M: 00 ft. (04.8m) utout dimensions:. x. inches (7. x 88.9 mm) (see above). The cutout can be made using a Greenlee rectangular punch #7 nclosure type: NM or, when properly installed Table -4. ontrol Modules/ccessories Full Voltage Status Only with Reset STRT/STOP STRT/STOP/HO ON/OFF/UTO LOL/OFF/RMOT with Lockable M LOL/OFF/RMOT with Network Health Reversing Status Only with Reset FW/RV/STOP FW/RV/STOP/HO -Speed Status Only with Reset FST/SLOW/STOP FST/SLOW/STOP/HO Reduced Voltage Status Only with Reset STRT/STOP STRT/STOP/HO ON/OFF/UTO Metering Module ft. Interconnect able (m) 6 ft. Interconnect able (.8m) ft. Interconnect able (.9m) ft. Interconnect Jumper (.m) WPFV WPFV WPFV WPFV4 WPFV WPFV7 WPR WPR WPR WPS WPS WPS WPRV WPRV WPRV WPRV4 WMTR WM WM6 WM WM The WPFV and WPFV7 are evicenet only. They can only be used when an active network is connected. iscount Symbol

89 January Vol., Ref. No. [0] imensions dvantage Line -89 Non-reversing ontactors, NM Sizes 6 4 ircuit ux. ontact lock (When Used) I F G L ommunications onnector (When Used) 4 ircuit ux. ontact lock (When Used) H 4 Pt. ontrol Terminal lock (Max. of #4 per Point) Slots for # Mounting Screws ( Holes) Figure Sizes and ontactor 4 ircuit ux. ontact lock (When Used) I F G L ommunications onnector (When Used) H 4 ircuit ux. ontact lock (When Used) 4 Pt. ontrol Terminal lock (Max. of #4 per Point) 4 ircuit ux. ontact lock (When Used) I 4 ircuit ux. ontact lock (When Used) Slots for /4-0 Mounting Screws ( Places) Figure Sizes and 4 ontactor H 4 Pt. ontrol Terminal lock (Max. of #4 per Point) ommunication onnector (When Used) Slots for /6 Mounting olts (4 Slots) Figure Sizes and 6 ontactor Figure -. pproximate imensions in Inches and Shipping Weights Table -. W0 Non-reversing ontactors NM Size of Poles Figure Mounting Screws imensions in Inches (mm) Ship. Wt. Size Wide High eep F G H I Lbs. (kg), #. (6.), 4 / (9.), 6 4 / (79.6) 6. (6.) 8.00 (0.).08 (6.0) 4.84 (.9) 6.49 (64.8) 7.64 (94.). (.0) 6.4 (6.8).88 (47.8).80 (7.) 6.00 (.4). (.8).84 (46.7).7 (9.).9 (.6) 6.00 (.4) 7. (90.) 9.0 (.7). (.). (.). (.7) (.9) 6 (.7) 0 (.6)

90 -90 imensions dvantage Line January Vol., Ref. No. [06] Horizontal Reversing, Open ontactors, NM Sizes 6 I F G 4 ircuit ux. ont. lk. (When Used) I F G 4 ircuit ux. ont. lk. (When Used) J K H J H Matches ottom Mounting for Size Matches ottom Mounting for Size ontrol Wire T for ustomer onnection Slots for # Mounting Screws ( Holes) 4 Pt. ontrol Terminal lock (Max. of #4 per Point) Figure Sizes and Horizontal Reversing ontactor Matches ottom Mounting for Size and 4 ontrol Wire T for ustomer onnection 4 Pt. ontrol Terminal lock (Max. of #4 per Point) Slots for /4-0 Mounting Screws ( Places) Figure Sizes and 4 Horizontal Reversing ontactor ontrol Wire T for ustomer onnection I 4 ircuit ux. ont. lk. (When Used) 4 Pt. ontrol Terminal lock (Max. of #4 per Point) H J K Holes for /6 Mounting olts (4 Places) G Figure Sizes and 6 Horizontal Reversing ontactor Figure -6. pproximate imensions in Inches and Shipping Weights Note: For all Sizes 6, factory furnishes the control wiring between the forward and reverse contactors, and the control wire terminal block for customer connection. Table -6. W Horizontal Reversing ontactors NM Size of Poles Figure Mounting Screws imensions in Inches (mm) Ship. Wt. Size Wide High eep F G H I J K Lbs. (kg), x # 7. (8.), 4 x / (47.9) x 4 /6.4 (64.9) 6 x 4 /6.4 (64.9) 8.0 (04.).7 (88.8) 8.4 (46.) 8.4 (46.).09 (9.) 6.76 (7.7) 8.9 (6.) 8.6 (9.7) 7. (90.). (66.7) 4.00 (.6) 4.00 (.6).69 (44.) 8.00 (0.) 0.00 (8.0) 0.00 (8.0).6 (90.4) 4.88 (4.0) 6.00 (.4) 8.6 (.). (84.8) 6.8 (4.0). (40.) 6.4 (6.8).08 (6.0).08 (6.0). (8.4).4 (.4). (.7). (.7) 6.7 (7.) 9. (.0) 9.9 (6.7) 9.76 (.9) 6.00 (.4) 6 (.7) 6 (7.).47 (70.7).8 (6.9) 80 (6.) 80 (6.)

91 January Vol., Ref. No. [07] imensions dvantage Line -9 Vertical Reversing, Open ontactors, NM Sizes 6 I F G I G F 4 Pt. ontrol Terminal lock (Max. of #4 per Point) 4 ircuit ux. ont. lk. (When Used) 4 ircuit ux. ont. lk. (When Used) H 4 ircuit ux. ont. lk. (When Used) H ontrol Wire T for ustomer onnection ontrol Wire T for ustomer onnection 4 Pt. ontrol Terminal lock (Max. of #4 per Point) Slots for # Mounting Screws ( Holes) ontrol Wire Terminal lk. Figure Sizes and Vertical Reversing ontactor Slots for /4-0 Mounting Screws ( Places) Figure Sizes and 4 Vertical Reversing ontactor G 4 ircuit ux. ont. lk. (When Used) 4 Pt. ontrol Terminal lock (Max. of #4 per Point) H ontrol Wire T for ustomer onnection Holes for /6 Mounting olts (4 Places) Figure Sizes and 6 Vertical Reversing ontactor Figure -7. pproximate imensions in Inches and Shipping Weights Note: For all Sizes 6, factory furnishes the control wiring between the forward and reverse contactors, and the control wire terminal block for customer connection. Table -7. W Vertical Reversing ontactors NM Size of Poles Figure Mounting Screws imensions in Inches (mm) Ship. Wt. Size Wide High eep F G H I Lbs. (kg), x # 4.7 (8.), 4 x /4-0.4 (7.7) x 4 /6.4 (6.) 6 x 4 /6.4 (6.) 8. (469.9). (68.) 4.94 (887.) 4.94 (887.).09 (9.) 6.76 (7.7) 8.64 (9.) 8.64 (9.) 8.00 (47.) 4. (66.0).00 (8.8).00 (8.8).88 (47.8).88 (7.).00 (4.0).00 (4.0).80 (4.7). (8.7).7 (94.7) 4.6 (7.).04 (0.8).04 (0.8).6 (.) 6.94 (40.).9 (84.6).6 (84.). (.). (.) 7 (.) 7 (7.7) 80 (6.) 80 (6.)

92 -9 imensions dvantage Line January Vol., Ref. No. [08] Non-reversing Starters, NM Sizes 6 H I OL Selection IP Switch F G L J 4 ircuit ux. ontact lock (When Used) Push.0 (.) in to Reset (When Used) Manual Reset (When Used) Trip Ind./Reset onnector (When Used) 4 Pt. ontrol Terminal lock (Max. of #4 per Point) Slots for # Mounting Screws (4 Holes) ommunications onnector (When Used) H OL Selection IP Switch F I G J 4 ircuit ux. ontact lock (When Used) Manual Reset (When Used) Trip Ind./Reset onnector (When Used) Slots for /4-0 Mounting Screws ( Places) ommunications onnector (When Used) Push.0 (.) in to Reset (When Used) 4 Pt. ontrol Terminal lock (Max. of #4 per Point) Figure Sizes and Starter Figure Sizes and 4 Starter 4 ircuit ux. ontact lock (When Used) I 4 ircuit ux. ontact lock (When Used) H 4 Pt. ontrol Terminal lock (Max. of #4 per Point) ommunications onnector Manual Reset (When Used) (When Used) Push.0 (.) in to Reset OL Selection IP Switch Slots for /6 Mounting olts (4 Slots) J Trip Ind./Reset onnector (When Used) Figure Sizes and 6 Starter Figure -8. pproximate imensions in Inches and Shipping Weights Table -8. W Non-reversing Starters NM Size of Poles Figure Mounting Screws imensions in Inches (mm) Ship. Wt. Size Wide High eep F G H I J Lbs. (kg), #. (6.), 4 / (9.), 6 4 / (79.6) 6. (6.) 8.00 (0.).08 (6.0) 4.96 (6.0) 6.4 (66.) 7.64 (94.). (.0) 6.4 (6.8).88 (47.8).80 (7.) 6.00 (.4). (.8).84 (46.7).7 (9.).9 (.6) 6.00 (.4) 7. (90.) 9.0 (.7). (.). (.). (.7).9 (7.4). (8.).46 (.7) (.9) 6 (.7) 0 (.6)

93 January Vol., Ref. No. [09] imensions dvantage Line -9 Horizontal Reversing, Open Starters, NM Sizes 6 J K Matches ottom Mounting for Size Matches ottom Mounting for Size ontrol Wire T for ustomer onnection I F G Slots for # Mounting Screws ( Holes) 4 ircuit ux. ont. lk. (When Used) 4 Pt. ontrol Terminal lock (Max. of #4 per Point) ommunication onnector (When Used) Manual Reset (When Used) Push.0 (.) in to Reset (When Used) OL Selection IP Switch Figure Sizes and Horizontal Reversing ontactor H Trip Ind./Reset onnector (When Used) J Matches ottom Mounting for Size and 4 I F ontrol Wire T for ustomer onnection G OL Selection IP Switch 4 ircuit ux. ont. lk. (When Used) 4 Pt. ontrol Terminal lock (Max. of #4 per Point) Manual Reset (When Used) Push.0 (.) in to Reset (When Used) Trip Ind./Reset onnector (When Used) Slots for /4-0 Mounting Screws ( Places) Figure Sizes and 4 Horizontal Reversing ontactor H ommunication onnector (When Used) I 4 ircuit ux. ont. lk. (When Used) 4 Pt. ontrol Terminal lock (Max. of #4 per Point) Manual Reset (When Used) Push.0 (.) in to Reset (When Used) H J K Holes for /6 Mounting olts G (4 Places) OL Selection IP Switch Trip Ind./Reset onnector (When Used) Figure Sizes and 6 Horizontal Reversing ontactor ommunication onnector (When Used) Figure -9. pproximate imensions in Inches and Shipping Weights Note: For all Sizes 6, factory furnishes the control wiring between the forward and reverse contactors, and the control wire terminal block for customer connection. Table -9. W Horizontal Reversing Starters NM Size of Poles Figure Mounting Screws imensions in Inches (mm) Ship. Wt. Size Wide High eep F G H I J K Lbs. (kg), x # 7. (8.), 4 x / (47.9) x 4 /6.4 (64.9) 6 x (64.9) 8.0 (04.).7 (88.8) 8.4 (46.) 8.4 (46.). (.4) 6.8 (7.0) 8.9 (6.) 8.6 (9.7) 7. (90.). (66.7) 4.00 (.6) 4.00 (.6).69 (44.) 8.00 (0.) 0.00 (8.0) 0.00 (8.0).6 (90.4) 4.88 (4.0) 6.00 (.4) 8.47 (.).8 (88.).8 (88.) 7.6 (9.) 9.79 (48.7) 6.8 (47.) 6.8 (47.). (8.4).4 (.4). (.7). (.7) 6.7 (7.) 9. (.0).76 (.7).7 (47.9) 6.00 (.4) 7 (.) 8 (8.).47 (70.7).8 (6.9) 8 (8.6) 8 (8.6)

94 -94 imensions dvantage Line January Vol., Ref. No. [0] Vertical Reversing, Open Starters, NM Sizes 6 4 ircuit ux. ontact lock (When Used) I G F L 4 Pt. ontrol Terminal lock (Max. of #4 per Point) 4 ircuit ux. ontact lock (When Used) I F G OL Selection IP Switch Slots for # Mounting Screws ( Holes) ommunications onnector (When Used) Manual Reset (When Used) Push.0 (.) in to Reset (When Used) ontrol Wire T for ustomer onnection Figure Sizes and Vertical Reversing Starter H Trip Indication/ Reset onnector (When Used) 4 ircuit ux. ontact lock (When Used) 4 Pt. ontrol Terminal lock (Max. of #4 per Point) OL Selection IP Switch ontrol Wire T for ustomer onnection ommunications onnector (When Used) Push.0 (.) in to Reset Manual Reset (When Used) Trip Ind./Reset onnector (When Used) Slots for /4-0 Mounting Screws ( Places) Figure Sizes and 4 Vertical Reversing Starter H G 4 ircuit ux. ontact lock (When Used) 4 Pt. ontrol Terminal lock (Max. of #4 per Point) ommunications onnector (When Used) H OL Selection IP Switch ontrol Wire T for ustomer onnection Holes for /6 Mounting olts (4 Places) Manual Reset Push.0 (.) in to Reset Trip Ind./ Reset onnector (When Used) Figure Sizes and 6 Vertical Reversing Starter Figure -40. pproximate imensions in Inches and Shipping Weights Note: For all Sizes 6, factory furnishes the control wiring between the forward and reverse contactors, and the control wire terminal block for customer connection. Table -60. W Vertical Reversing Starters NM Size of Poles Figure Mounting Screws imensions in Inches (mm) Ship. Wt. Size Wide High eep F G H I Lbs. (kg), x # 4.7 (8.), 4 x /4-0.4 (7.7) x 4 /6.4 (6.) 6 x (6.) 8. (469.9). (68.) 4.94 (887.) 4.94 (887.). (.4) 6.8 (7.0) 8.64 (9.) 8.64 (9.) 8.00 (47.) 4. (66.0).00 (8.8).00 (8.8).88 (47.8).88 (7.).00 (4.0).00 (4.0).80 (4.7). (8.7).7 (94.7) 4.6 (7.).04 (0.8).04 (0.8) 4.7 (7.9) 0.8 (.) 4.78 (88.4) 4.9 (878.6). (.). (.) 7. (.4) 9.0 (8.6) 8.0 (8.6) 8.0 (8.6)

95 January Vol., Ref. No. [0] Wiring iagrams dvantage Line -9 Non-reversing and Reversing ontactors, NM Sizes 6 L T L L M T T Motor L L L T T T Motor H X No onnection When Optional Start/Stop Pushbutton Used H X Stop Optional Stop Start Start Optional mergency Stop P M H X H X Off M Hand utomatic Remote ontrol evice Optional mergency Stop Jumper P M Mb Ma Optional G R Stopped Running Mb Ma Optional G R Stopped Running at. No. W0 Non-reversing ontactor -Wire ontrol with Internal Holding ircuit at. No. W0 Non-reversing ontactor -Wire ontrol with Maintained HO Switch onductors xternal to aseplate re Installer onnections = ccessible Terminals Fm and Rm re lectrical ontacts Operated by the Mechanical Interlock Forward Reverse Stopped R R G F R R F Optional Optional mergency Stop Start P Run Permit /Stop Power ommon Optional mergency Stop Optional (ashed rea) Mechancial Interlocks F P R P Fm lectrical Interlocks Rm L X H X H F L L L L L R 4 Stop Fwd Rev 4 Fm Start P Run Permit /Stop Power ommon P P lectrical Interlocks Rm F Mechanical Interlock R aseplate with omponents as Supplied F F R R R R G Stopped Reverse Forward 4 aseplate with omponents as Supplied R T T T T T T Motor Motor T T T T T T F L L L X H L L L X H Stop Fwd Rev 4 Fm and Rm re lectrical ontacts Operated by the Mechanical Interlock at. No. W Vertical Reversing ontactor -Wire ontrol with Internal Holding ircuit R at. No. W Horizontal Reversing ontactor -Wire ontrol with Internal Holding ircuit Figure -4. Typical Wiring iagrams Sizes and 6 horizontal reversing contactors have their Forward and Reverse contactor arrangement reversed. Reverse contactor is on left and Forward contactor is on right.

96 -96 Wiring iagrams dvantage Line January Vol., Ref. No. [0] Non-reversing and Reversing Starters, NM Sizes 6 L T L L H X No onnection When Optional Start/Stop Pushbutton Used Optional Mb Ma H X Stop M Optional Stop Start G R Start Optional mergency Stop Stopped Running P M Reset T T Trip Ind./Reset (When Used) Motor (urrent Sensors re Integral Inside Starter Units) L L L H X Stop Ma H X M Start Stop Optional mergency Stop Optional Mb G R Stopped Running P M Reset T T T Trip Ind./Reset (When Used) Motor (urrent Sensors re Integral Inside Starter Units) PONI I Mod. I aution Unplug IMP Plug uring Maintenance To Other IMP Network evices To IMP Network P at. No. W Non-reversing Starter -Wire ontrol with Internal Holding ircuit at. No. W Non-reversing Starter -Wire ontrol with Maintained HO Switch onductors xternal to aseplate re Installer onnections = ccessible Terminals Fm and Rm re lectrical ontacts Operated by the Mechanical Interlock 98 Forward Reverse Stopped Tripped R R G F R R F Optional Optional mergency Stop Start P Run Permit /Stop Power ommon mergency Stop Optional (ashed rea) Mechanical Interlock F P R P Fm lectrical Interlocks Rm L X H X H F L L L L L 4 To IMP/INOM Network Stop Fwd Rev (Optional) Lighted lso vailable (Optional) May lso e dded to Forward & Reverse ontactors WPONI Mod. Reset 4 98 ontacts Shown in nergized State OLR Reset Fm F Start P Run Permit /Stop Power ommon P P lectrical Interlocks Rm L L F Mechanical Interlock R X H aseplate with omponents as Supplied L L X H F F R R R R G Tripped Stopped Reverse Forward 98 Stop Fwd Rev Reset ontacts Shown in OLR nergized State Reset WPONI Mod. (Optional) Lighted lso (Optional) vailable May lso e dded to Forward & Reverse ontactors aseplate with omponents as Supplied T T T Motor To IMP/INOM Network R T T T L L Motor T T T T T T R at. No. W Vertical Reversing Starter -Wire ontrol with Internal Holding ircuit at. No. W Horizontal Reversing Starter -Wire ontrol with Internal Holding ircuit Figure -4. Typical Wiring iagrams Sizes and 6 horizontal reversing contactors have their Forward and Reverse contactor arrangement reversed. Reverse contactor is on left and Forward contactor is on right.

97 January Vol., Ref. No. [0] PowerNet ommunication evices dvantage entral Monitoring Unit -97 ontents Page entral Monitoring Unit Product Operated Network Interface (PONI) entral Monitoring Unit entral Monitoring Unit Product The dvantage entral Monitoring Unit is a communications center which transmits to and receives data from up to 99 dvantage starters or contactors or IQ0s equipped with PONI cards. The MU can be mounted on the door of a motor control center or custom panel using the existing IQ cutout dimensions. The eight-digit alphanumeric display monitors active data, trip data or set points. The group of data being displayed is indicated by one of three Ls and is selected by the user. The two-digit alphanumeric display indicates the address of the device about which the data is being displayed. This address is also selected by the user. Five Ls are provided which indicate the present status of the selected starter. Two additional Ls are also provided at the top of the panel, one which indicates that the MU is OPRTIONL, and another which indicates LRM status. n KNOWLG/RST button permits the user to reset the MU following a device trip. Parameters isplayed Monitored values: evice description,, currents ontrol voltage (excluding IQ0) Present time, date Resettable operation count Run time, hours Trip data same as current values with cause of trip Set points: evice size OL trip current setting (FL setting) OL trip class Ground fault protection ON/OFF Phase loss/unbalance protection ON/OFF Reset mode UTO/MNUL Frequency Ground fault trip level (IQ0 only) Ground fault trip delay time (IQ0 only) Phase unbalance % (IQ0 only) IQ0M Special Functions Module set points if LO ONTROL selected: Load shed level Load shed delay time Load resume level Load resume delay time Long acceleration time If UNRLO/JM selected: Jam trip level Jam trip delay time Jam start delay time Underload trip level Underload trip delay time Underload start delay time Long acceleration time Relay control Technical ata evice power requirement: V maximum Frequency: /60 Hz Line characteristics: or 40V +0%, -0% (auto selected) Operating temperature: 0 to 70 ( to 8 F) Storage temperature: -0 to 8 (-4 to 8 F) Humidity: 0 to 9%, R.H. noncondensing larm contact ratings 40V :, resistive 0V :, resistive imensions 4.44 (.8) 4.44 (.8). (6.4). (.).6 (6).8 (6.7). () 9.8 (8.). (.) ia. (6 Holes) Figure -4. hassis utout imensions in Inches (mm) The MU can be interfaced into a larger PowerNet network with the addition of a PowerNet PONI ommunications Module.

98 -98 PowerNet ommunication evices dvantage entral Monitoring Unit January Vol., Ref. No. [04] Wiring iagram larm Trip or 40V Ground To IM ompatible Personal omputer 8 4 J dvantage MU J Wire onnector (Supplied with MU) ommunication Module (Optional) (Y) (L) 4 View J6 6. For Network Interconnection Use Twisted Pair onductors. No. 8 WG Shielded.. Refer to Starter Wiring iagrams for ctual onnections.. Ohm (/ Watt) arbon omposition Resistor Unit Must e Installed on the Most Remote Starter Terminals as Shown. 4. utler-hammer ONI (omputer Operated Network Interface) ard Must e Inserted into the omputer Frame. (See IL 799). Modular Telephone onnector. Type RJ is to e Supplied by the ustomer and Wired per View Required at omputer. 6. Ground Shielding at Only One Place as Shown. 7. Where evices re aisy hained, Tie Shielding Together for ontinuity. 8. On Last evice in Network, Tie ack Shield and Tape. 7 7 R S OL Relay ontactor Starter O F F PONI ommunication Module IQ igit Incom ddress Register Figure -44. Typical Wiring iagram Product Selection Table -6. entral Monitoring Unit dvantage entral Monitoring Unit WMU,680. iscount Symbol

99 January Vol., Ref. No. [0] PowerNet ommunication evices dvantage Product Operated Network Interface (PONI) -99 Product Operated Network Interface (PONI) Product To use the PowerNet ommunications network with dvantage motor control, a PONI is required for each device. The WPONI operates at 9 baud. ommunications ata ON/OFF reset Status (ON, OFF, TRIPP, NO RSPONS) -phase unbalance % phase unbalance ontrol voltage Overload protection settings ause of trip Trip data Product Selection Table -6. WPONI Network Interface dvantage WPONI To panel mount a WPONI WPONI WPONIS Note: See Page -84 for WPONIN evicenet Interface Module Mounting imensions Top View Sizes & Sizes & 4 Sizes & 6 WPONI WPONI WPONI IMP onnection ( Wire) (ll Sizes) ddress Switches (ll Sizes) Local L Trip Indication (When Used) (ll Sizes).6 (40.9).68 (4.7) Front View.9 (7.4).47 (7.).4 (4.4) For Removal of WPONI (ll Sizes) Note: Plug Orientation (ll Sizes). (4.0) (ll Sizes) Optional Mounting Locations.0 (.9) For Removal of Plug (ll Sizes) Figure -4. Mounting Procedures WPONI pproximate imensions in Inches (mm) iscount Symbol

100 -0 -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed dvantage Line January Vol., Ref. No. [06] ontents Page -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed Product Features, Functions, enefits Modification odes over ontrol Fuse lips Selection Product Selection Non-combination Starters Product Selection ombination Starters with isconnect Switch.. -7 Product Selection ombination Starters with HMP or Magnetic Trip urrent reaker HF Product Setting a New Standard in Motor ontrol Revolutionary in design, dvantage motor starters employ state-of-the-art technology in solving motor control application problems that have existed for ages. ustomer focus group input and 66,000 man-hours of engineering ingenuity have been combined to create a motor starter that dramatically extends operating life in a physical space requirement one half the size of conventional motor starters. Offering motor overcurrent protection accurate to % at maximum FL, dvantage also maintains constant coil power regardless of varying control circuit conditions, eliminating coil burnout, contact chatter and welding due to low voltage of fluttering control signals. dvantage is designed with a full complement of features that make it the most versatile motor starter in the industry. Multifunction overload protection options provide application flexibility while reducing inventory. ommunication capability extends benefits, allowing dvantage to be interactively linked to higher order control systems for monitoring, troubleshooting and control. Technological advances incorporated in the dvantage design, such as prestart diagnostics, increased accuracy and the ability to communicate with other systems, are benefits not realized in traditional motor starters. Features, Functions, enefits dvantage reakthroughs To achieve the level of benefits envisioned for dvantage controls at a competitive price, it was discovered early in the development process that simply improving existing design concepts would fall short of the mark. new approach involving a higher level of technology was required. The result was the incorporation of three technical breakthroughs new current sensing monitoring, an energy-balanced contact closure system that increased life by decreasing electrical and mechanical wear and an intelligent coil controller optimizing the contact closing process based on varying control circuit conditions. oordinating these breakthroughs to provide enhanced motor control performance is concentrated in the SUR chip. Patented SUR hip Increases Life dvantage uses the right combination of brains and brawn in effecting a motor start. The power circuit of the contactor employs heavy-duty silver alloy contacts scientifically designed for long life. The addition of a uniquely developed application-specific microprocessor chip, called the SUR chip, regulates power supplied to the operating coil. The regulated closing profile is tailored to existing control circuit conditions by the SUR chip. This results in an energy balanced system which reduces armature/magnet crash and contact bounce, extending mechanical and electrical life. Improved Protection and Motor Utilization The motor circuit monitoring and overload protection functions of dvantage starters are provided by three current sensors closely monitored by the SUR chip. This sensor/microprocessor combination yields a protection scheme closely paralleling that of the motor heating damage boundary expressed in terms of current and time. ccurate to %, dvantage allows full utilization of motor capability without motor damage or nuisance tripping. No Heaters, Small Size dvantage starters eliminate the need for costly heater elements and their associated installation expense. Standard overload protection functions include phase loss and unbalance protection, selectable trip class, automatic/manual reset and ground current protection. uilt-in ommunications apabilities Provide Two-Way ontrol dvantage also offers low cost communication capability. ON-OFF commands, status and motor data can be linked to automated control systems without the addition of costly sensors, I/O modules and transducers, in a language compatible with many computer-based software systems in use today. Protected by patents and proven in many years of operating experience in harsh industrial applications, dvantage motor starters and contactors offer the user unprecedented value at a price competitive with traditional devices. Modification odes See Pages

101 January Vol., Ref. No. [07] -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed dvantage Line - over ontrol Flange Mounted Pilot M evices Factory Installed NM, Only For Factory Installed flange mounted pilot devices using dvantage ontrol Modules (Ms), change the 9th character from to Y and add one of the following (49 through 6) Mod ode Suffixes to the. In addition, one 6 Mod may be added if desired. Table -6. over ontrol Product Selection Flange Mounted Pilot evices Field Installation Kits Mod ode Suffix Full Voltage Status Only with Reset STRT/STOP STRT/STOP/HO ON/OFF/UTO Reversing Status Only with Reset FW/RV/STOP FW/RV/STOP/HO -Speed Status Only with Reset FST/SLOW/STOP FST/SLOW/STOP/HO Reduced Voltage Status Only with Reset STRT/STOP STRT/STOP/HO ON/OFF/UTO Metering Module ft. Interconnect able 6 ft. Interconnect able ft. Interconnect able ft. Interconnect Jumper WPFV WPFV WPFV WPFV4 WPR WPR WPR WPS WPS WPS WPRV WPRV WPRV WPRV4 WMTR WM WM6 WM WM (7.) RS RS RS RS Run Off Reset OL larm OL Trip Trip Run Off Reset OL larm OL Trip Trip Run Off Reset OL larm OL Trip Trip Run Off Reset OL larm OL Trip Trip. (88.9) STRT HN STRT ON OFF OFF STOP UTO STOP UTO Status Only STRT/STOP ontrol HN/OFF/UTO ontrol ON/OFF/UTO with STRT/STOP Pushbutton ontrol ontrol in HN Mode Figure -46. Flange Mounted Pilot M evices Other over ontrol evices See Pages - - in NM ontactors & Starters, Freedom Line. iscount Symbol

102 - -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed dvantage/freedom Lines January Vol., Ref. No. [08] Fuse lips Fuse lip Kit Table -64. Fuse lip Selection Poles Starter Size Motor Voltage Maximum Horsepower (-Phase) ual lement Fuses Fuse lip Rating Fuse lip Kit for Field Installation in Non-fusible Starter mperes Volts For Non-rejection Type Fuses For use w/ R Rejection Type Fuses Fuse lip Kit Factory Installed Position lpha Non-fusible without Fuse lips Installed N/ 0 / / / / / / 4 / / 7-/ Fuse clip R rejection members for use with lass R fuses are supplied loose in the Fuse lip Kits. These fuse clips are for lass R fuses. Note: Kits do not include fuses K K-6 K K-6 K-6 K-6 K6 K-6 K-6 K-6 KF4-64 KF4-64 KF4-64 Not vailable in Kit Form KR K-6R KR K-6R K-6R K-6R K6R K-6 K-6 K-6 KF4-64 KF4-64 KF4-64 Not vailable in Kit Form F F G H H J K K L iscount Symbol

103 January Vol., Ref. No. [09] -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed dvantage Line - Selection Table -6. dvantage Line nclosed ontrol ing System esign = dvantage F - Modification odes (See Pages -4-48) lass Page 0 - ontactors 0 - Reversing ontactors 0 - FVNR Starter, Non-combination Reversing, Non-combination FVNR Non-combination, with PT ombination with isconnect Switch Reversing, ombination with isconnect Switch ombination with isconnect Switch, with PT - - ombination with HMP/ - - Reversing, ombination with HMP/ ombination with HMP/ with PT -4 - Multispeed SW Non-combination 4 - Multispeed SW T or VT Non-combination - Multispeed SW H Non-combination 6 - Multispeed with isconnect Switch, SW 7 - Multispeed with isconnect Switch, SW T or VT 8 - Multispeed with isconnect Switch, SW H 9 - Multispeed with HMP/, SW 40 - Multispeed with HMP/, SW T or VT 4 - Multispeed with HMP/, SW H 4 - utotransformer, Non-combination 4 - utotransformer, with isconnect Switch 44 - utotransformer, with HMP/ 4 - Part-Winding, Non-combination 46 - Part-Winding, with isconnect Switch 47 - Part-Winding, with ircuit reaker 48 - Y-, Open Transition, Non-combination 49 - Y-, Open Transition, with isconnect Switch - Y-, Open Transition, with ircuit reaker - Y-, losed Transition, Non-combination - Y-, losed Transition, with isconnect Switch - Y-, losed Transition, with ircuit reaker 4 - Std Width Pump Panel, with isconnect Switch - Std Width Pump Panel, with HMP/ 6 - utotransformer Pump Panel, isconnect Switch 6 - utotransformer Pump Panel, HMP/ 64 - Part-Winding Pump Panel, isconnect 6 - Part-Winding Pump Panel, ircuit reaker 68 - uplex, Non-combination 69 - uplex, with isconnect Switch 70 - uplex, with HMP/ - None - 0/V R - 0/V R - 60/V R - 60/V R F - 0/V R - None F - isconnect Fuse lip Ratings G - 0/V R H - /V R J - /V R K - 400/V R L - 400/V R M - /V R HMP/ or reaker Ratings G - 0 H - J - K L - M over ontrol (Starters Only) (Pages - - and -) of Poles (ontactors Only) oil Voltage and/or ontrol Transformers (See Tables elow) N - 00 P - Q - 0 R T - by nclosure Types - Type General Purpose - Type R Rainproof - Type 4 Watertight (Painted Steel) 4 - Type 4X Watertight (Stainless Steel) - Type 4X orrosion (nonmetallic) (Section 9) 6 - Type 7/9 olted Hazardous Location (Section 8) 7 - Type 7/9 Threaded Hazardous Location (Section 8) 8 - Type ust-tight 9 - Type ust-tight with Safety oor Interlock N - /V R P - 800/V R Q - /V R R - /V R S - 0/V R T - by I - 0 NM Size L - Lower - Size - Size - Size 4 - Size 4 - Size 6 - Size 6 Refer to nclosed ontrol Product Guide, PG..0.T.. Use with Sizes L, HMP V applications only. Table -66. Magnet oil odes (System Voltage) ode Magnet oil ode Magnet oil Table -67. ontrol Power Transformer odes (System Voltage) ode Primary Secondary ode Primary Secondary F N /60 / When control power transformer modification codes ( ) are used or when starter class includes PT (i.e. N07, 8), see Table -67 for system voltage code. Z y 40/ 0/440 Wired for 40V 40/ 0/440 Wired for V /60 / 08/60 /60 / /60 / /60 / /60 H L M X Z 77/60 80/ 4/ 40// Wired for V y /60 / /

104 -4 -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed dvantage Line January Vol., Ref. No. [0] Product Selection Non-combination Starters Full Voltage Solid-State Overload Relays V Maximum Table -68. lass 0 NM Rated Non-combination Non-reversing NM Size Motor Voltage Maximum hp Rating Magnet oil Voltage -Pole NM R Rainproof -Pole NM 4X Watertight & ust-tight Stainless Steel -Pole NM ust-tight Industrial xternal Reset (NM R) / 7-/ Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 80V Hz applications: NM Size 4 6 Horsepower -/ 7 00 For motor full load current (FL) range of.47.8 with a. to. service factor and for motor hp range of /4 hp to hp at V. ll starters provided with coils for separate control. Starters for Hz operation use V Hz magnet coil. hange 8th character from F to N. Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed see Page i- of PG..0.T.. 0LF 84. 0L4F. 0L8F 84. 0F F. 08F 84. 0F 7. 04F, F 7. 0F,. 04F,60. 08F,. 04F, F,. 048F,64. 0F 6,. 04F 7,. 08F 6, ,70.,70.,70., ,9. 6,9. 6,9. 6, hoose a NM enclosure for NM applications. Size 6 includes control power transformer.,70.,70.,70.,70. Note: Reference to nclosed ontrol Product Guide PG..0.T.. Page ccessories, Kits Wiring iagrams imensions Technical ata Multi-Speed -8 to to to to to - over Mounted ontrol Pages -, - Modifications/ ccessories Pages iscount Symbol

105 January Vol., Ref. No. [0] -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed dvantage Line - Table -69. lass 06 NM Rated Non-combination Reversing NM Size Motor Voltage 4 6 Maximum hp Rating 7-/ 7-/ Magnet oil Voltage -Pole NM R Rainproof Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 80V Hz applications: NM Size 4 6 Horsepower -/ 7 00 For motor full load current (FL) range of.47.8 with a. to. service factor and for motor hp range of /4 hp to hp at V. ll starters provided with coils for separate control. Starters for Hz operation use V Hz magnet coil. hange 8th character from F to N. Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed see Page i- of PG..0.T.. -Pole NM 4X Watertight & ust-tight Stainless or Painted Steel -Pole NM ust-tight Industrial xternal Reset (NM R) 06LF L4F,80. 06L8F F F, F F, F, F,44. 06F, F, F, F,. 0644F 6, F,. 06F,0. 064F 4, F, ,40.,40.,40., ,960. 6,960. 6,960. 6, ,40.,40.,40.,40. hoose a NM enclosure for NM applications. NM 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes, NM 4 (Painted steel) Size 6. Size 6 includes control power transformer. Reversing starters have status only M included as standard. Note: Reference to nclosed ontrol Product Guide PG..0.T.. Page ccessories, Kits Wiring iagrams imensions Technical ata -8 to to to to 4- over Mounted ontrol Pages -, - Modifications/ ccessories Pages iscount Symbol

106 -6 -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed dvantage Line January Vol., Ref. No. [0] Table -70. lass 07 NM Rated Non-combination with PT Non-reversing NM Size Primary Voltage Maximum hp Rating Secondary Voltage Magnet oil Voltage -Pole NM R Rainproof -Pole NM 4X Watertight & ust-tight Stainless Steel -Pole NM ust-tight Industrial xternal Reset (NM R) / 7-/ L 07L 07L 07L Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 80V Hz applications: NM Size 4 6 Horsepower -/ 7 00 For motor full load current (FL) range of.47.8 with a. to. service factor and for motor hp range of /4 hp to hp at V. Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed see Page i- of PG..0.T.. hoose a NM enclosure for NM applications ,490.,490.,490.,490.,0.,0.,0.,0. 6,8. 6,8. 6,8. 6,8. 6,00. 6,00. 6,00. 6,00. 07L4 07L4 07L4 07L ,.,.,.,.,99.,99.,99.,99.,690.,690.,690.,690. 7,97. 7,97. 7,97. 7,97. 7,70. 7,70. 7,70. 7,70. 07L8 07L8 07L8 07L Other control power voltages, see Page ,490.,490.,490.,490.,0.,0.,0.,0. 6,8. 6,8. 6,8. 6,8. 6,00. 6,00. 6,00. 6,00. Note: Reference to nclosed ontrol Product Guide PG..0.T.. Page ccessories, Kits Wiring iagrams imensions Technical ata -8 to to to to 4- over Mounted ontrol Pages -, - Modifications/ ccessories Pages iscount Symbol

107 January Vol., Ref. No. [0] -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed dvantage Line -7 Product Selection ombination Starters with isconnect Switch Full Voltage Solid-State Overload Relays V Maximum Table -7. lass 6 NM Rated Fusible ombination isconnect Switch Non-reversing NM Size Motor Voltage Maximum hp Rating ual lement Fuses Magnet oil Voltage Fuse lip mps. -Pole NM General Purpose -Pole NM R Rainproof -Pole NM 4X Watertight & ust-tight Stainless or Painted Steel -Pole NM ust-tight Industrial xternal Reset (NM R) LF 69. 6LF 8. 6L4F,40. 6L8F LF 7. 6LF L4F,. 6L8F / 0 6F 69. 6F 8. 64F,40. 68F F 7. 6F F,. 68F F,080. 6F,0. 64F,06. 68F, F,0. 6F,. 64F,08. 68F, FF,79. 6FF,08. 64FF,. 68FF, FG,80. 6FG,. 64FG,40. 68FG, FH,4. 64FH 4,0. 644FH,6. 648FH 4, FJ,4. 64FJ 4,4. 644FJ, FJ 4, FK 7,90. 6FK 9,70. 64FK,. 68FK 9, FL 7,90. 6FL 9,70. 64FL,. 68FL 9,70. 66M 66M N 66N 0,040. 0,040. 0,040. 0,040. For motor full load current (FL) range of.47.8 with a. to. service factor and for motor hp range of /4 hp to hp at V. ll starters provided with coils for separate control. Starters for Hz operation use V Hz magnet coil. hange 8th character from F to N. Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed see Page i- of PG..0.T.. ll NM enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order mod code R. NM enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. 68F would become 69F. NM 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes, NM 4 (Painted steel) Size 6. Fuse clips are for lass R fuses only. For H and J fuses see mods, Page -44. Size 6 includes control power transformer. 66M 66M 66N 66N,70.,70.,0.,0. 66M 66M 66N 66N,70.,70.,70., M 668M 668N 668N,70.,70.,70.,70. Note: Reference to nclosed ontrol Product Guide PG..0.T.. ccessories, Kits Wiring iagrams imensions Technical ata Multi-Speed Page -8 to to to to 4- -, -4, -6 6F over Mounted ontrol Pages -, - Modifications/ ccessories Pages iscount Symbol

108 -8 -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed dvantage Line January Vol., Ref. No. [04] Table -7. lass 6 NM Rated Non-fusible ombination isconnect Switch Non-reversing NM Size Motor Voltage Max. hp Rating Magnet oil Voltage isconnect mperes -Pole NM General Purpose -Pole NM R Rainproof -Pole NM 4X Watertight & ust-tight Stainless or Painted Steel -Pole NM ust-tight Industrial xternal Reset (NM R) / 7-/ LF 67. 6LF 8. 6L4F,. 6L8F F 67. 6F 8. 64F,. 68F F,0. 6F,80. 64F, F, F,7. 6F,00. 64F,4. 68F,00. 64F,9. 64F 4,. 644F,0. 648F 4, F 7,. 6F 9,0. 64F, F 9, ,0. 9,0. 9,0. 9,0. For motor full load current (FL) range of.47.8 with a. to. service factor and for motor hp range of /4 hp to hp at V. ll starters provided with coils for separate control. Starters for Hz operation use V Hz magnet coil. hange 8th character from F to N. Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed see Page i- of PG..0.T.. ll NM enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order mod code R. NM enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. 68F would become 69F NM 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes, NM 4 (Painted steel) Size 6. Size 6 includes control power transformer. Note: Reference to nclosed ontrol Product Guide PG..0.T..,60.,60.,60.,60. ccessories, Kits Wiring iagrams imensions Technical ata Multi-Speed ,670. 4,670. 4,670. 4,670. Page to to to to 4- -, -, -7,60.,60.,60.,60. over Mounted ontrol Pages -, - Modifications/ ccessories Pages iscount Symbol

109 January Vol., Ref. No. [0] -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed dvantage Line -9 Table -7. lass 7 NM Rated Fusible ombination isconnect Switch Reversing NM Size Motor Voltage Max. hp Rating ual lement Fuses Magnet oil Voltage Fuse lip mperes -Pole NM General Purpose -Pole NM R Rainproof -Pole NM 4X Watertight & ust-tight Stainless or Painted Steel -Pole NM ust-tight Industrial xternal Reset (NM R) LF,. 7LF,4. 7L4F,9. 7L8F,4. 0 7LF,. 7LF,60. 7L4F,94. 7L8F,60. 7-/ 0 7F,. 7F,4. 74F,9. 78F,4. 0 7F,. 7F,60. 74F,94. 78F, F,840. 7F,. 74F, F,. 60 7F,860. 7F,. 74F,0. 78F, FF,0. 7FF,4. 74FF,. 78FF,4. 0 7FG,080. 7FG,46. 74FG,60. 78FG, FH 6,0. 74FH 7, FH 9, FH 7, FJ 6,. 74FJ 7,4. 744FJ 9,0. 748FJ 7, FK,. 7FK 4, FK 9,40. 78FK 4, FL,. 7FL 4, FL 9,40. 78FL 4, M 76M N 76N 0,080. 0,080. 0,080. 0,080. For motor full load current (FL) range of.47.8 with a. to. service factor and for motor hp range of /4 hp to hp at V. ll starters provided with coils for separate control. Starters for Hz operation use V Hz magnet coil. hange 8th character from F to N. Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed see Page i- of PG..0.T.. ll NM enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order mod code R. NM enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. 78F would become 79F. NM 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes, NM 4 (Painted steel) Size 6. 76M 76M 76N 76N,880., M 76M,40., M 768M Fuse clips are for lass R fuses only. For H and J fuses see mods, Page -44. Size 6 includes control power transformer. Reversing starters have status only M included as standard.,880.,880. Note: Reference to nclosed ontrol Product Guide PG..0.T..,880.,880. ccessories, Kits Wiring iagrams imensions Technical ata 76N 76N,40.,40. Page 768N 768N -8 to to to to 4-,880.,880. over Mounted ontrol Pages -, - Modifications/ ccessories Pages iscount Symbol

110 - -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed dvantage Line January Vol., Ref. No. [06] Table -74. lass 7 NM Rated Non-fusible ombination isconnect Switch Reversing NM Size Motor Voltage Max. hp Rating Magnet oil Voltage isconnect mperes -Pole NM General Purpose -Pole NM R Rainproof -Pole NM 4X Watertight & ust-tight Stainless or Painted Steel -Pole NM ust-tight Industrial xternal Reset (NM R) / 7-/ LF,0. 7LF,. 7L4F,9. 7L8F,. 0 7F,0. 7F,. 74F,9. 78F,. 60 7F,8. 7F,. 74F,0. 78F,. 0 7F,980. 7F,6. 74F,. 78F,6. 74F 6,. 74F 7, F 8, F 7, F,070. 7F 4,. 74F 9, F 4, ,80. 9,80. 9,80. 9,80. For motor full load current (FL) range of.47.8 with a. to. service factor and for motor hp range of /4 hp to hp at V. ll starters provided with coils for separate control. Starters for Hz operation use V Hz magnet coil. hange 8th character from F to N. Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed see Page i- of PG..0.T.. ll NM enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order mod code R. NM enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. 78F would become 79F NM 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes, NM 4 (Painted steel) Size 6. Size 6 includes control power transformer. Reversing starters have status only M included as standard. Note: Reference to nclosed ontrol Product Guide PG..0.T..,80.,80.,80.,80. ccessories, Kits Wiring iagrams imensions Technical ata ,70.,70.,70.,70. Page to to to to 4-,80.,80.,80.,80. over Mounted ontrol Pages -, - Modifications/ ccessories Pages iscount Symbol

111 January Vol., Ref. No. [07] -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed dvantage Line - Table -7. lass 8 NM Rated Fusible and Non-fusible ombination isconnect Switch with PT Non-reversing NM Size Primary Voltage Max. hp Rating ual lement Fuses Secondary Voltage Magnet oil Voltage Fuse lip mps. -Pole NM General Purpose -Pole NM R Rainproof -Pole NM 4X Watertight & ust- Tight Stainless or Painted Steel -Pole NM ust-tight Industrial xternal Reset (NM R) Fusible Non-fusible L 8L 0 8L 8L 7-/ F 8F 0 8G 8G 40 84H 84H 0 84J 84J 7-/ 7-/ L 8L 8L 8L For motor full load current (FL) range of.47.8 with a. to. service factor and for motor hp range of /4 hp to hp at V. Other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages, see Page -. Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed see Page i- of PG..0.T.. ll NM enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order mod code R. NM enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. 88 would become L 8L 89. 8L 8L ,. 8 8,. 8 8,70. 8F 8F,0. 8G 8G,86. 84H 84H, J 84J ,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,7.,7.,7.,7. 8L 8L 8L 8L ,07. 8L4 8L4,0. 8L4 8L4, , , , ,. 84F 84F,49. 84G 84G 4, H 844H 4, J 844J,07.,07.,07.,07.,07.,07.,07.,07.,.,.,.,.,9.,9.,9.,9. 4,6. 4,6. 4,6. 4,6. 8L4 8L4 8L4 8L ,. 8L8 8L8,7. 8L8 8L8, , , , ,88. 88F 88F,9. 88G 88G 6, H 848H 6, J 848J,497.,497.,497.,497.,497.,497.,497.,497.,9.,9.,9.,9.,8.,8.,8.,8.,9.,9.,9.,9. 8L8 8L8 8L8 8L ,07.,0.,07.,0.,60.,80.,.,49. 4,67. 4,700.,07.,07.,07.,07.,07.,07.,07.,07.,.,.,.,.,9.,9.,9.,9. 4,6. 4,6. 4,6. 4,6. NM 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes, NM 4 (Painted steel) Size 6. Fuse clips are for lass R fuses only. For H and J Fuses see mods, Page -44. Note: Reference to nclosed ontrol Product Guide PG..0.T.. Page ccessories, Kits Wiring iagrams imensions Technical ata -8 to to to to 4- over Mounted ontrol Pages -, - Modifications/ ccessories Pages iscount Symbol

112 - -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed dvantage Line January Vol., Ref. No. [08] Product Selection ombination Starters with HMP/ or Magnetic Trip ircuit reaker Full Voltage Solid-State Overload Relays V Maximum Table -76. lass NM Rated ombination HMP or Magnetic Trip ircuit reaker Non-reversing NM Size Motor Voltage Max. hp Rating /4 7-/ 7-/ /4 7-/ Magnet oil Voltage ircuit reaker Type HMP 7 HMP 7 HMP HMP 7 HMP HMP 7 HMP 7 HMP HMP 0 HMP 7 HMP HMP 0 HMP HMP 7 HMP HMP 0 HMP HMP 7 HMP HMP 0 -Pole NM General Purpose LF LF LF LF LF LF6 F F F F F F F F F F F F6 F7 F8 For motor full load current (FL) range of.47.8 with a. to. service factor and for motor hp range of /4 hp to hp at V. ll starters provided with coils for separate control. Starters for Hz operation use V Hz magnet coil. hange 8th character from F to N. Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed see Page i- of PG..0.T.. ll NM enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order mod code R. NM enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. 8F would become 9F. NM 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes, NM 4 (Painted steel) Size 6. -Pole NM R Rainproof 90. LF LF LF LF 90. LF LF6 90. F F F 90. F F F 90. F F F F 90. F F6 F7 F8 -Pole NM 4X Watertight & ust-tight Stainless or Painted Steel,080. L4F L4F L4F L4F,080. L4F L4F6,080. 4F 4F 4F,080. 4F 4F 4F,080. 4F 4F 4F 4F,080. 4F 4F6 4F7 4F8 Size 6 includes control power transformer. -Pole NM ust-tight Industrial xternal Reset (NM R),. L8F L8F L8F L8F,. L8F L8F6,. 8F 8F 8F,. 8F 8F 8F,. 8F 8F 8F 8F,. 8F 8F6 8F7 8F8 HMP FF,8. FF,. 4FF,70. 8FF,. HMP F9,8. F9,. 4F9,70. 8F9,. HMP 0 FG,8. FG,. 4FG,. 8FG,. 0 HMP 0 FI,8. FI,. 4FI,. 8FI, HMP 4FH 4,00. 4FH 4,8. 44FH 6,. 48FH 4,8. HMP FJ 9,90. FJ,7. 4FJ 4,900. 8FJ,7. HMP 400 FK 9,90. FK,7. 4FK 4,900. 8FK,7. HMP 6L 6L 6L 6L M 800 6M 6M 6M 9,90. 9,90. 9,90. 9,90. 9,90. 9,90. 9,90. 6L 6L 6L 6L 6M 6M 6M,9.,9.,9.,9.,9.,9.,9. 6L 6L 6L 6L 6M 6M 6M,440.,440.,440.,440.,440.,440., L 68L 68L 68L 68M 68M 68M,080.,080.,080.,080.,080.,080.,9.,9.,9.,9.,9.,9.,9. Note: Reference to nclosed ontrol Product Guide PG..0.T.. ccessories, Kits Wiring iagrams imensions Technical ata Multi-Speed Page -8 to to to to to -0 over Mounted ontrol..... Pages -, - Modifications/ ccessories Pages iscount Symbol

113 January Vol., Ref. No. [09] -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed dvantage Line - Table -77. lass NM Rated ombination HMP or Magnetic Trip ircuit reaker Reversing NM Size Motor Voltage Max. hp Rating /4 7-/ 7-/ /4 7-/ Magnet oil Voltage ircuit reaker Type HMP 7 HMP 7 HMP HMP 7 HMP HMP 7 HMP 7 HMP HMP 0 HMP 7 HMP HMP 0 HMP HMP 7 HMP HMP 0 HMP HMP 7 HMP HMP 0 -Pole NM General Purpose LF LF LF LF LF LF6 F F F F F F F F F F F F6 F7 F8,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,. For motor full load current (FL) range of.47.8 with a. to. service factor and for motor hp range of /4 hp to hp at V. ll starters provided with coils for separate control. Starters for Hz operation use V Hz magnet coil. hange 8th character from F to N. Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed see Page i- of PG..0.T.. ll NM enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order mod code R. NM enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. 8F would become 9F. NM 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes, NM 4 (Painted steel) Size 6. -Pole NM R Rainproof LF LF LF LF LF LF6 F F F F F F F F F F F F6 F7 F8,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40. -Pole NM 4X Watertight & ust-tight Stainless or Painted Steel L4F L4F L4F L4F L4F L4F6 4F 4F 4F 4F 4F 4F 4F 4F 4F 4F 4F 4F6 4F7 4F8,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,. -Pole NM ust-tight Industrial xternal Reset (NM R) L8F L8F L8F L8F L8F L8F6 8F 8F 8F 8F 8F 8F 8F 8F 8F 8F 8F 8F6 8F7 8F8 Size 6 includes control power transformer. Reversing starters have status only M included as standard.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40.,40. HMP FF,070. FF,6. 4FF,. 8FF,6. HMP F9,070. F9,6. 4F9,. 8F9,6. HMP FG,080. FG,46. 4FG,60. 8FG, HMP 0 FI,080. FI,46. 4FI,60. 8FI, HMP 4FH 6,940. 4FH 8, FH 9, FH 8,000. HMP FJ 4,0. FJ 6,. 4FJ,00. 8FJ 6,. HMP 400 FK 4,0. FK 6,. 4FK,00. 8FK 6,. HMP 6L 6L 6L 6L M 800 6M 6M 6M 0,40. 0,40. 0,40. 0,40. 0,40. 0,40. 0,40. 6L 6L 6L 6L 6M 6M 6M,9.,9.,9.,9. 6L 6L 6L 6L,490.,490.,490., L 68L 68L 68L,9.,9.,9.,9.,9.,9.,9. Note: Reference to nclosed ontrol Product Guide PG..0.T..,9.,9.,9. ccessories, Kits Wiring iagrams imensions Technical ata 6M 6M 6M,490.,490.,490. Page 68M 68M 68M -8 to to to to 4- over Mounted ontrol Pages -, - Modifications/ ccessories Pages iscount Symbol

114 -4 -Phase Magnetic Starters nclosed dvantage Line January Vol., Ref. No. [0] Table -78. lass 4 NM Rated ombination HMP or Magnetic Trip ircuit reaker with PT Non-reversing NM Size Primary Voltage Max. hp Rating /4 7-/ / /4 7-/ Secondary Magnet oil Voltage ircuit reaker Type HMP 7 HMP 7 HMP HMP 7 HMP HMP 7 HMP 7 HMP HMP 0 HMP 7 HMP HMP 0 HMP HMP 7 HMP HMP 0 HMP HMP 7 HMP HMP 0 -Pole NM General Purpose 4L 4L 4L 4L 4L 4L HMP 4F 4F 4F,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,.,40.,40.,40. For motor full load current (FL) range of.47.8 with a. to. service factor and for motor hp range of /4 hp to hp at V. Other control power transformer primary voltages, see Page -. Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed see Page i- of PG..0.T.. ll NM enclosures are standardized with external reset. For internal reset, order mod code R. NM enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. 48 would become 49. -Pole NM R Rainproof 4L 4L 4L 4L 4L 4L F 4F 4F,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,770.,770.,770. -Pole NM 4X Watertight & ust-tight Stainless or Painted Steel 4L4 4L4 4L4 4L4 4L4 4L F 44F 44F,77.,77.,77.,77.,77.,77.,77.,77.,77.,77.,77.,77.,77.,77.,77.,77.,77.,77.,77.,77.,.,.,. -Pole NM ust-tight Industrial xternal Reset (NM R) 4L8 4L8 4L8 4L8 4L8 4L F 48F 48F HMP 49,40. 49, ,. 489, HMP 0 4G 4G 4G,.,.,. 4G 4G 4G,.,.,. 44G 44G 44G,70.,70.,70. 48G 48G 48G HMP 0 4I,. 4I,. 44I,70. 48I, HMP 44H 44H 44H 44H HMP 4J 4J 4J 4J HMP 400 4K 4K 4K HMP 46L 46L 46L 46L M M 46M 46M 4,47. 4,47. 4,47. 4,47. 9,80. 9,80. 9,80. 9,80. 9,80. 9,80. 9,80. 0,90. 0,90. 0,90. 0,90. 0,90. 0,90. 0,90. 44H 44H 44H 44H 4J 4J 4J 4J 4K 4K 4K 46L 46L 46L 46L 46M 46M 46M,90.,90.,90.,90.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,70.,70.,70.,70.,70.,70., H 444H 444H 444H 44J 44J 44J 44J 44K 44K 44K 46L 46L 46L 46L 46M 46M 46M 6,68. 6,68. 6,68. 6,68.,4.,4.,4.,4.,4.,4.,4. 4,0. 4,0. 4,0. 4,0. 4,0. 4,0. 4,0. 448H 448H 448H 448H 48J 48J 48J 48J 48K 48K 48K 468L 468L 468L 468L 468M 468M 468M,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,770.,770.,770.,.,.,.,90.,90.,90.,90.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,6.,70.,70.,70.,70.,70.,70.,70. NM 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes, NM 4 (Painted steel) Size 6. Note: Reference to nclosed ontrol Product Guide PG..0.T.. ccessories, Kits Wiring iagrams imensions Technical ata Page -8 to to to to 4- over Mounted ontrol Pages -, - Modifications/ ccessories Pages iscount Symbol

115 January Vol., Ref. No. [0] ontactors Non-reversing and Reversing Line - ontents Page ontactors Non-reversing and Reversing Product Sizes Product Sizes Instructional Leaflets imensions and Shipping Weights Product Selection Non-reversing, Sizes Product Selection Reversing, Sizes Technical ata Factory Modifications ccessories and Field Modification Kits Renewal Parts Size ontactor Product Sizes 00 4 pplication Magnetic contactors are used to switch transformers and capacitors and to control electrical power circuits such as heating, lighting and motors that require no overload protection, or where overload protection is separately provided. They can be operated remotely by manual or automatic pilot devices. lass 0 ontactors, Sizes 00 4; Three-Phase, -/ 0 hp 0 magnetic contactors are V rated devices available in NM Sizes 00 4, through (open rating). Product features include: Straight-through wiring to line and load terminals located up front for ease of installation. Moving and stationary contacts are front accessible, simplifying inspection and maintenance. Reliable U-shaped magnet for reduced power consumption. oil design reduces inventory/maintenance expenses. For a given voltage, one size coil fits all contactors Sizes 00, and a second coil fits three-pole Model J Sizes and 4. Model K coils are different design. 0 contactors have normally open holding circuit interlocks which are supplied as standard. Panel layout and drilling are simplified through the use of common backplates, one for Sizes 00 and one for Sizes 4. In addition, panel space is reduced dramatically through the use of unique corner cavities for mounting the wide variety of modifications shown on Page -. For reversing applications, two contactors are supplied on a common base with electrical and mechanical interlocks which prevent both contactors from being closed at the same time. 0 contactors are UL listed components and also have S certification. Technical ata Pages -9 -

116 -6 ontactors Non-reversing and Reversing Line January Vol., Ref. No. [0] Size ontactor Product Sizes 9 lass 0, ontactors, Sizes 9; Three-Phase, Over 0 hp These magnetic contactors utilize clapper design and feature straightthrough wiring. ontacts are silver alloy for longer life. The contacts close with optimum wiping action which serves to keep the contacting surfaces clean. e-ion arc quenchers draw the arc away from the contacts at opening, which reduces burning and pitting and increases contact life. ll of the contactors are complete with one unwired, normally-open (NO) auxiliary contact mounted and have accommodations for additional auxiliary contacts. No control circuit wiring or terminal markings are included. Size, 00, V, Open Size 6,, V, Open lass 0 Size and 6 contactors are front clapper design, operated with the armature pivoting on dual needle bearings which assure accurate contact alignment. The contactor base is molded of a high impact, non-tracking, nonhygroscopic glass polyester material permitting front mounting and wiring on a steel panel. Floating magnet assures quiet operation. Size and 6 contactors must be mounted with the line terminals directly above the load terminals. Multi-voltage coil ratings allow selection of the voltage which closely matches the actual system voltage to assure optimum contactor operation. ach contactor accommodates two Type J auxiliary contacts, providing up to four auxiliary circuits, normallyopen or normally-closed (NO and N). 0 Size and 6 contactors and starters are UL recognized when supplied without terminals. When supplied with terminals, the devices are UL listed. Two special configurations of the lass 0 Size and 6 contactors are available: Latched esign This is a mechanically held, electrically released device. It is applied where the contactor must remain closed during extreme voltage fluctuations or power failure. It is also suitable for applications requiring quiet operation since the operating coil is deenergized when the contactor is closed. The latch assembly consists of a mechanical latch mechanism, electrically operated trip solenoid and a clearing contact. Operated This device is operated. It is used where low dropout voltage or exceptionally quiet operation is desired. The assembly consists of a operating coil, integrally mounted rectifier and shorting contact. Size 7, 900, V, Open Size 8,, V, Open Size 9, 0, V, Open lass 0 Size 7 and 8 contactors are operated side clapper design with the shaft mounted on dual needle bearings to ensure positive contact alignment and long contact life. steel panel base permits mounting on angle or channel without additional support, for versatile low cost installation. ach stationary contact assembly is mounted on an individual molded insulator. ach pair of contacts is surrounded by a e-ion grid type arc quencher for rapid and confined arc interruption and long contact life. The shunt for each pole is made of flexible, braided copper cable for freedom of movement and long life. The rugged operating coils are designed to operate at high temperature and insulated to meet lass H service. n integrally mounted avalanche type silicon rectifier supplies coil voltage from the control circuit. Sizes 7 and 8 accommodate three Type L-6 auxiliary contacts which are easily converted from normally-open to normally-closed, providing auxiliary circuit flexibility. Size 9 uses L-64 auxiliary contacts with a total of four circuits. 0 Size 7, 8 and 9 contactors and starters are UL recognized when supplied without terminals. When supplied with terminals, the devices are UL listed. Instructional Leaflets 6960 Sizes 00 Magnetic ontactor, Non-reversing or Reversing 696 Size Magnetic ontactor, Non-reversing or Reversing 8G Size Magnetic ontactor, Non-reversing or Reversing 700 Size 4 Magnetic ontactor, Non-reversing or Reversing 7049 Size Magnetic ontactor, Non-reversing or Reversing 70 Size 6 Magnetic ontactor, Non-reversing or Reversing 7048 Sizes 7 8 Magnetic ontactor, Non-reversing or Reversing 6978 Size 9 Magnetic ontactor, Non-reversing or Reversing Technical ata pages -9 -

117 January Vol., Ref. No. [0] ontactors Non-reversing and Reversing Line -7 imensions and Shipping Weights Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. Table -79. Non-reversing Open ontactors imensions NM Size No. of Poles Fig. Mounting pproximate imensions in Inches (mm) Screws No. Size F G H Weight, Lbs. (kg) 00, 0, 4, 4,, 4, 4, # # # # /4 in. /4 in.. (84.) 4.9 (6.4). (84.).06 (8.) 4.6 (7.6) 7. (84.) 4.8 (.) 4.8 (.) 4.8 (.) 4.8 (.) 6.6 (68.4) 6.6 (68.4) 4.6 (7.) 4.6 (7.) 4.94 (.) 4.94 (.) 6.7 (7.) 6.7 (7.).9 (0.).9 (0.).9 (0.).9 (0.) 6.00 (.4) 6.00 (.4). (8.). (8.). (8.). (8.).88 (47.8).88 (47.8).66 (4.).09 (.).66 (4.). (64.). (8.7).6 (9.). (.8). (.8). (.8). (.8).8 (9.7).8 (9.7).6 (.). (.). (.) 4. (.0) 9. (4.).0 (.9), 4 /8 in. 7. (8.4).00 (04.8) 7.7 (96.9).00 (79.4).7 (69.9).9 (.0). (6.4).0 (.4) 6, 4 /8 in. 7. (8.4). (4.9) 9. (.).00 (79.4).7 (69.9).9 (.0). (6.4) 4.0 (9.) 7 4 /8 in.. (96.9) 8.6 (47.).00 (79.4).00 (04.8).00 (8.8).6 (4.0).7 (9.).0 (97.6) 8 4 /8 in.. (96.9) 9. (489.0).00 (79.4).00 (04.8).00 (8.8).6 (4.0).7 (9.) 6.0 (.) 9 4 / in..00 (88.) 9.7 (7.7).94 (8.7) 8.00 (0.) 0.7 (78.) 4. (68.).6 (4.4).0 (4.0). (.6) ia. Hole.8 x. (9.7 x.7) Mounting Slots G F. () G.0 (.) 4 Mounting Slots Figure Sizes ontactors.8 (9.7) ia. Open nd Mounting Slot ( Places) Figure Size H.8 x. (9.7 x.7) Mounting Slots G H. (.0) G Figure Size 6 H 4 Holes for.8 (9.7) ia. Mounting Hardware Figure Sizes 7 9 Figure -47. Non-reversing Open ontactors imensions

118 -8 ontactors Non-reversing and Reversing Line January Vol., Ref. No. [04] Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. Table -80. Reversing Open ontactors imensions NM Size No. of Poles 00, 0, x H. x V. x H. x V., 4 x H. x V. x H. x V. 6 x H. x V. Fig. Mounting pproximate imensions in Inches (mm) Screws No. Size F G H # # # # /4 in. /4 in. 7. (8.). (84.6) 7. (8.). (84.6) 4.4 (.0) 9.6 (44.) 4.4 (.0) 9.6 (44.) 9.7 (47.7) 6.88 (74.8) 4.6 (7.6) 6.6 (40.6) /8 in. 7. (47.4).00 (04.8) /8 in. 8. (09.6) 0.00 (76.0) /8 in. 7. (47.4). (4.9) /8 in. 8. (09.6) 4. (4.).0 (8.).0 (8.).8 (6.7).8 (6.7).9 (0.) 9.08 (.6).9 (0.) 9.08 (.6) 7. (84.) 6.00 (.4) 7. (84.).69 (98.) 7.7 (96.9).00 (79.4) 7.7 (96.9) 8.00 (47.8) 8.7 (.).00 (79.4) 8.7 (.) 8.00 (7.). (4.9).6 (4.9). (4.9).6 (4.9) 7.00 (77.8).7 (69.9).7 (69.9).7 (69.9).7 (69.9).7 (69.9).6 (90.4).7 (9.).6 (90.4).7 (9.) 4.88 (4.0).94 (.9).00 (4.0).00 (4.0). (6.4). (6.4). (6.4). (6.4).44 (.).44 (.).9 (.0).9 (.0) 4. (4.8) 4. (4.8) 7.78 (97.6).8 (.).8 (.).8 (.).8 (.) Weight, Lbs. (kg) 7.8 (.) 8.9 (4.0) 9. (4.).0 (4.) 4.0 (.9).0 (.4).0 (.0).0 (6.0) 90.0 (40.9) 90.0 (40.9) 7 x V. 8 /8 in.. (96.9) 8.6 (98.).00 (79.4) 0.00 (8.0).00 (8.8).6 (4.0).7 (9.) 4.0 (04.) 8 x V. 8 /8 in.. (96.9) 9. (997.0).00 (79.4) 0.00 (8.0).00 (8.8).6 (4.0).7 (9.).0 (49.7) 9 x V. 8 / in..00 (88.) 6.7 (9.9).94 (8.7).00 (88.) 0.7 (78.) 4. (68.).6 (4.4) 6.0 (9.) G F G.0 (.) ia. Mounting Slots F H Figure Sizes 00 4 Horizontal Figure Sizes, 6 Horizontal G H G H.0 (.) ia. Mtg. Holes H. (.) ia. Holes F Figure Sizes 00 4 Vertical Figure Sizes, 6 Vertical Figure Sizes 7 9 Vertical Figure -48. Reversing Open ontactors imensions

119 January Vol., Ref. No. [0] ontactors Non-reversing and Reversing Line -9 0 Size Product Selection Non-reversing, Sizes 00 9 When Ordering Specify Order by from Table -8, plus Suffix for coil voltages, verifying usage of appropriate sizes. Table -8. Front onnected ontactors Selection Size mps Max. UL Horsepower Poles Poles 4 Poles Poles -Phase -Phase Open Open Open Open V V 08V 40V V V Sizes / -/ -/ 0K_ 4. 0K_ 64. 0K_ 0. 0K_ K0_ 8. 0K0_ 07. 0K0_ 6. 0K0_ / 7-/ 0K_ 0. 0K_ 4. 0K_ 99. 0K_ / 0K_ 4. 0K_ K_ 80. 0K_ K_ K_ 7. 0K_ 9. 0K_, K4_,80. 0K4_,7. 0K4_,88. 0K4_, K_,40. 0K_, K6_ 8,680. 0K6_,40. Sizes K7_,67. 0K7_ 4, K8_ 0,40. 0K8_, K9_,40. 0K9_Z 0,9. Sizes 7 9 use rectifier with coil. For Size 9, only available coil voltage is V. Supplied without terminal lugs. Table -8. Rear onnected ontactors Selection Volt Rectified oil/open Only Size U.S K7J9 0K8JZ9 0K9JZZ4,.,7.,000. Table -8. oils for Sizes 00 6 oil Volts and Hz ode Suffix /60 or / 08/60 40/60 W /60 X /60 Table -84. oils for Sizes 7, 8 and 9 oil Volts and Hz / or 60 J 0 40/ or 60 K 440 / or 60 U /60 ode Suffix For Size 9, only available coil voltage is V. Modification Kits, ccessories Pages - - Factory Modifications.... Page - Other oil Voltages Page - Technical ata Pages -9 - imensions Page -7 iscount Symbol

120 - ontactors Non-reversing and Reversing Line January Vol., Ref. No. [06] Size Horizontal Reversing ontactor Product Selection Reversing, Sizes 00 9 When Ordering Specify Order by from Table -8, plus Suffix for coil voltages, verifying usage of appropriate sizes. lass Reversing ontactors Horizontally Mounted lass Reversing ontactors Vertically Mounted Table -8. Reversing ontactors Selection Size mps Max. UL Horsepower Horizontal esign Vertical esign -Phase -Phase V V 08V 40V V V Sizes K0_. K0_. 7 7-/ 7-/ K_ 90. K_ / K_,. K_, K_,84. K_, K4_ 4,90. K4_ 4, K_ 8,4. K_ 8, K6_,000. K6_,000. Sizes K7_ 9, K8_ 46, K9_ 6,800. Sizes 7 9 use rectifier with coil. For Size 9, only available coil voltage is V. Table -86. oils for Sizes 00 6 oil Volts and Hz ode Suffix Table -87. oils for Sizes 7, 8 and 9 oil Volts and Hz ode Suffix /60 or / 08/60 40/60 W /60 X /60 / or 60 J 0 40/ or 60 K 440 / or 60 U /60 For Size 9, only available coil voltage is V. Modification Kits, ccessories Pages - - Factory Modifications..... Page - Other oil Voltages Page - Technical ata Pages -9 - imensions Page -8 iscount Symbol

121 January Vol., Ref. No. [07] Starters Non-reversing and Reversing Line - ontents Page Starters Non-reversing and Reversing Product Sizes Product Sizes Features and enefits Instructional Leaflets imensions and Shipping Weights Product Selection Non-reversing, Sizes Product Selection Reversing, Sizes Starters Two-Speed Technical ata Factory Modifications ccessories and Field Modification Kits Renewal Parts Size Starter Product Sizes 00 4 General Magnetic starters are used for fullvoltage, across-the-line starting and stopping of squirrel cage motors. They can be operated locally or remotely by manual or automatic pilot devices. NM Sizes 00 4; Three-Phase, -/ 0 hp These starters use lass 0 contactors as described on Page -. ontactor features are enhanced through the ability to provide positive motor protection in the form of several types of overload relays. See Pages Type Overload Relay, Manual Reset Only Supplied as standard on lass and 900 starters (two-speed). The bimetallic overload relay offers ambient compensation and trip-to-test feature (relay contact status check) as standard. In addition, an isolated normallyopen contact is available in kit form for customer mounting. Type overload relays are manual reset only. Type Overload Relay, Manual or utomatic Reset This is an optional overload relay, offering the capability of field conversion to automatic reset. It is available as an ambient compensated or noncompensated type. Non-reversing Starters Non-reversing starters are supplied as open devices. ll starters are supplied with a normally-open holding circuit interlock. lass starters are available as UL listed or recognized components, as well as with S certification. Reversing Starters For reversing applications (lass ), a starter and a contactor electrically and mechanically interlocked are supplied on a common baseplate. Reversing starters are used to start, stop and reverse squirrel cage motors and for primary control of reversing wound-rotor motors. For plugging or inching, when operations exceed five times per minute, decreased horsepower ratings in accordance with NM Standard IS - are recommended. Two-Speed Starters, 900s For across-the-line starting of twospeed constant hp, constant torque and variable torque squirrel cage motors, two-speed starters (lass 900) are available. These starters consist of two starters, one for each motor speed, mechanically and electrically interlocked and wired for manual speed selection by means of pushbuttons. uxiliary relays may be added to provide automatic acceleration or deceleration. Starters for two-speed, two independent winding motors consist of two-, three- or four-pole starters electrically and mechanically interlocked. Starters for two-speed, single reconnectable winding motors consist of one threepole and one five-pole starter mechanically and electrically interlocked. Size Starter Product Sizes 9 NM Sizes 9; Three-Phase 7 to hp Non-reversing (lass ), and reversing (lasses, ) full voltage starters are used for acrossthe-line starting of squirrel cage induction motors. They are used with motors rated above hp at V, and above 0 hp at through V. Sizes and 6 starters use lass 0 contactors as described on Page - 6. In addition to standard motor starters, special application devices are available: Sizes and 6 starters with integrally rectified to coils for applications where low voltage problems are prevalent are available. lass starters are UL listed and recognized and also carry S certification. Front Removable Parts ll operating parts can be removed quickly and easily from the front. Straight-through wiring and conveniently located connection points for external wires and cables minimize installation time. Type lock Type Thermal Overload Relay ependable overload protection is assured by these snap-action, manual reset relays. utomatic reset Type relays are available as an option. Technical ata Pages -9 -

122 - Starters Non-reversing and Reversing Line January Vol., Ref. No. [08] Types of Starters lass, Sizes and 6 Nonreversing starters contain an magnetically-operated Size or Size 6 line contactor and block Type threepole overload relay, along with three current transformers. control relay whose contacts handle the coil current of the starter is provided with Size 6 starters. lass, Sizes 7, 8 and 9 Nonreversing starters contain a operated line contactor, power supply, block Type three-pole overload relay with three current transformers and a control relay. lass 960/970/980 Multi-Speed Starters: Refer to Page -8. Features and enefits Sizes 00 4 Straight-Through Wiring, Up-Front, Out-Front Terminals for ease in installation. Unique ccessory Mounting avities reduce panel space requirements. Snap-in ccessories for application flexibility. Vertical and Horizontal Interlocking capability increases application flexibility. mbient ompensated Overload Relays available as standard, offering superior motor protection in variable motor/controller environments. Isolated Normally Open Relay ontact available in kit mounting form on Type Overload Relay. Instructional Leaflets 698 Sizes 00, -Pole Motor ontroller 696 Sizes 00, -Pole, Single- Phase Motor ontroller 699 Size, -Pole Motor ontroller 697 Size, -Pole, Single-Phase Motor ontroller 46 Sizes and 4J Motor ontroller 7000 Size 4, Model K Motor ontroller 704 Size Motor ontroller 70 Size 6 Motor ontroller Sizes 9 Rectified / oils available to reduce premature drop-out or kiss problems due to inherent low voltage conditions. lapper esign armature assembly pivots on needle bearings resulting in quick, smooth opening and closing of the magnet. Stainless Steel Kick-Out Spring assures quick, positive drop-out time. Front Removable Parts all current carrying parts front removable for easy inspection and maintenance. Technical ata pages -9 -

123 January Vol., Ref. No. [09] Starters Non-reversing and Reversing Line - imensions and Shipping Weights Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. Table -88. Open Non-reversing Starters imensions NM Size No. of Poles Fig. Mounting imensions in Inches (mm) Screws No. Size F G H J K L M Weight, Lbs. (kg) 00, 0,, #. (84.), #. (84.), 4, /4 in. 4.6 (7.6) 4 /8 in. 7.9 (9.8) 6 4 /8 in. 9. (.0) (96.) 8 Refer to factory (96.) 6.4 (6.) 7.7 (8.) 9.94 (.) 6. (4.0). (96.9). (46.). (46.) 4.6 (7.) 4.94 (.) 6.7 (7.) 7.7 (96.9) 9. (4.).7 (98.).7 (98.) 6.00 (.4) 6.7 (7.) 9. (.0).00 (79.4).00 (79.4).88 (47.8).88 (47.8).88 (7.).7 (69.9).7 (69.9) 9.66 (4.).66 (4.).94 (.9).8 (96.8) 4.8 (.). (.8). (.8).8 (9.7).69 (68.).7 (69.9).9 (9.9).4 (.4). (4.0).4 (6.).06 (77.7). (8.4).9 (.0).77 (9.6).80 (0.). (8.4) 6. (6.) 4.48 (.8) 4. (.) 6.6 (6.) 7.00 (77.8) 8.44 (4.4).7 (6.9).7 (6.9).7 (6.9).7 (6.9).7 (6.9).0 (.9) 4.0 (9.).0 (.) 9.0 (.).0 (.0).8 x. (9.7 x.7) ( Mtg. Slots) G K J F G M Reset Travel L Term. Lug Supplied When Ordered M L F H Figure, Sizes 00 4 Figure, Size K Reset Rod ont'r Mtg. L Holes J L of ont'r.8 (9.7) Wide 4 Mtg. Slots H G Reset Rod K M L F Figure, Size 6 Figure -49. Open Non-reversing Starters imensions

124 -4 Starters Non-reversing and Reversing Line January Vol., Ref. No. [040] Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. Table -89. Open Reversing Starters imensions NM Size of Poles 00, 0, x Horiz. x Vert. x Horiz. x Vert. Refer to factory. Fig. Mounting imensions in Inches (mm) Screws No. Size F G J K L M N # # # # 7. (8.). (84.6) 7. (8.). (84.6), 4 x Horiz. x Vert. /4 in. /4 in. 9.7 (47.7) 4.6 (7.6) x Horiz. 4 /8 in.. (89.4) 6 x Horiz. 4 /8 in.. (89.4) 6. (6.).6 (9.4) 7. (84.).8 (4.). (7.) 9.8 (.). (647.7). (647.7).0 (8.).0 (8.).8 (6.7).8 (6.7) 7. (84.) 7. (84.) 8.7 (.). (66.7) 6.00 (.4). (8.7) 6.7 (7.).88 (0.8) 9. (.0) 8.94 (48.).69 (44.).88 (47.8).69 (44.).88 (47.8) 8.00 (0.).88 (7.) (90.4).66 (4.).6 (90.4).66 (4.) 4.88 (4.0).94 (74.7). (6.4). (6.4). (6.4). (6.4).44 (.).44 (.). (8.4).9 (9.9). (8.7).9 (9.9). (79.0). (4.0).9 (.0).9 (.0).77 (9.6).77 (9.6).80 (0.).80 (0.) 4.9 (.0) 4.9 (.0) 4.97 (6.) 4.97 (6.) 6.86 (74.) 6.86 (74.).7 (6.9).7 (6.9).7 (6.9).7 (6.9).7 (6.9).7 (6.9) 4. (4.8) 4. (4.8) 7.9 (.9) Weight, Lbs. (kg) 9.0 (4.0) 9.8 (4.4).8 (4.9). (.) 6.0 (.8) 8.0 (.7) 7.0 (.) 7.0 (7.7) F G G F N K.8 (7.) ia. Mtg. Holes.8 (7.) ia. J M Mtg. Holes Reset Travel L J K Reset Travel M L Figure Sizes 00 4 Horizontal Figure Sizes 00 4 Vertical Figure -. Open Reversing Starters imensions

125 January Vol., Ref. No. [04] Starters Non-reversing and Reversing Line - Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. Table -90. Open Multi-Speed Starters imensions NM Size of Poles 00, 0, x Horiz. x Horiz. x Horiz. x Horiz., 4 x Horiz. 6 x Horiz. Refer to factory. Fig. Mounting imensions in Inches (mm) Screws No. Size F G J K L M N P R # # # # /4 in. /4 in. 7. (8.) 8.00 (0.) 7. (8.) 8.88 (.6) 9.7 (47.7).8 (4.) 6. (6.) 6. (6.) 7. (84.) 7. (84.). (7.). (7.).0 (8.).0 (8.).8 (6.7).8 (6.7) 7. (84.) 7. (84.) 6.00 (.4) 6.00 (.4) 6.7 (7.) 6.7 (7.) 9. (.0) 9. (.0).69 (44.) 6. (6.9).69 (44.) 6.6 (66.6) 8.00 (0.) 9. (6.).6 (90.4).6 (90.4).6 (90.4).6 (90.4) 4.88 (4.0) 4.88 (4.0). (6.4). (6.4). (6.4). (6.4).44 (.).44 (.).0 (8.4).0 (8.4).69 (68.).69 (68.). (79.0). (79.0). (8.4).48 (.).69 (7.).69 (7.).80 (0.).80 (0.) 4.9 (.0) 4.9 (.0) 4.97 (6.) 4.97 (6.) 6.86 (74.) 6.86 (74.).7 (6.9).7 (6.9).7 (6.9).7 (6.9).7 (6.9).7 (6.9).8 (96.8) 4.66 (8.4).8 (96.8) 4.66 (8.4). (.) 6.44 (6.6).9 (7.9).9 (7.9).9 (7.9).84 (7.) 4.00 (.6) 4.00 (.6) Weight, Lbs. (kg).0 (4.).0 (.0).0 (.0).0 (.9) 8.0 (.7). (.) F G K N J R. (.) ia. Mounting Slots Figure, Sizes 00 4 M Reset Travel L G K J. (.) ia. Mounting Slots M Reset Travel L Figure, Size Note: -Pole x -Pole evices re for Wye-Wye Two-Winding Motors Only Figure -. Open Multi-Speed Starters imensions

126 -6 Starters Non-reversing and Reversing Line January Vol., Ref. No. [04] Size Starter Product Selection Non-reversing, Sizes 00 9 When Ordering Specify Order by from Table -9, plus Suffix for coil voltages, verifying usage of appropriate sizes. Heaters nter heaters as separate item by listing from tables, Pages , as required per starter. Table -9. Non-reversing Starters Selection Size mps Max. UL Horsepower Poles Poles -Phase -Phase Open Open V V 08V 40V V V U.S $ Sizes / -/ -/ MR 9. M_ M0R 7. M0_ / 7-/ MR 79. M_ 79. -/ 6 MR MR. M_ M_ M4_, M_ 4, M6_,840. Sizes M7_ 6, M8_ 4, M9_ 8,900. For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Suffix. Sizes 7 9 use rectifier with coil. Single-phase with one single-pole overload relay. For Size 9, only available coil voltage is V. Table -9. oils for Sizes 00 6 oil Volts and Hz /60 or / 08/60 40/60 W /60 X /60 ode Suffix Table -9. oils for Sizes 7, 8 and 9 oil Volts and Hz / or 60 J 0 40/ or 60 W 440 / or 60 X /60 For Size 9, only available coil voltage is V. ode Suffix Factory Modifications..... Page - Modification Kits, ccessories Pages - - imensions Page - iscount Symbol

127 January Vol., Ref. No. [04] Starters Non-reversing and Reversing Line -7 Size Horizontal Reversing Starter Product Selection Reversing, Sizes 00 9 When Ordering Specify Order by from Table -94, plus Suffix for coil voltages, verifying usage of appropriate sizes. Heaters nter heaters as separate item by listing from tables, Pages , as required per starter. Table -94. Reversing Starters Selection Size mps Max. UL Horsepower Horizontal esign Vertical esign -Phase -Phase V V 08V 40V V V U.S $ Sizes / -/ -/ M_ 46. M_ M0_. M0_. 7 7-/ 7-/ M_ 6. M_ / M_,80. M_, M_,9. M_, M4_ 4,7. M4_ 4, M_ 9,7. M_ 9, M6_,700. M6_,700. Sizes M7_, M8_ 46, M9_ 7,0. For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Suffix. Sizes 7 9 use rectifier with coil. For Size 9, only available coil voltage is V. Table -9. oils for Sizes 00 6 oil Volts and Hz /60 or / 08/60 40/60 W /60 X /60 ode Suffix Table -96. oils for Sizes 7, 8 and 9 oil Volts and Hz / or 60 J 0 40/ or 60 W 440 / or 60 X /60 ode Suffix For Size 9, only available coil voltage is V. Technical ata Pages -9 - Heaters Pages Other oil Voltages Page - Factory Modifications.... Page - Modification Kits, ccessories Pages - - imensions Page -4 iscount Symbol

128 -8 Starters Two-Speed Line January Vol., Ref. No. [044] Product Selection For Separate Two-Winding Motors Heaters nter heaters as separate item by listing from table, Pages , as required per starter. Table -97. Three-Phase, Non-reversing, Reversing 60 Hz Starters Heater Selection NM mps onstant Horsepower onstant or Variable Torque Poles 08V 40V V V 08V 40V V V Open Sizes M0_ / 7-/ 7-/ 7-/ 960M_ / M_, M_, M4_, M_, M6_,0. For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Suffix. For Single-Winding Motors Table -98. Product Selection Sizes 0 6 NM mps 08V 40V V V -Poles Open onstant Horsepower M0_, / 7-/ 970M_, M_, M_, M4_ 7, M_, M6_,0. onstant or Variable Torque M0_, / 7-/ 980M_, / M_, M_, M4_ 7, M_, M6_,0. For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Suffix. Table -99. oils for Sizes 0 6 oil Volts and Hz oil Suffix /60 or / 08/60 40/60 W /60 X /60 Table -. oils for Sizes 0 6 oil Volts and Hz oil Suffix /60 or / 08/60 40/60 W /60 X /60 Factory Modifications..... Page - Modification Kits, ccessories Pages - - Heaters Pages imensions Page - iscount Symbol

129 January Vol., Ref. No. [04] Technical ata Line -9 lectrical haracteristics Table -0. lectrical haracteristics Sizes 00 4 Max. Voltage Rating mpere Rating (Open) (nclosed) Squirrel age Motor Maximum Horsepower t: V/60 Hz V/ 60 Hz 80V/ Hz V V/ 60 Hz Size 00 Size 0 Size Size Size Size 4 V V V V V V 9 -/ hp -/ hp -/ hp hp Resistive Heating kw Single-Phase, -Pole V 40V V V Three-Phase, -Pole V 40V V V 0 8 hp hp hp hp apacitor Switching kvr, Three-Phase 40V V V Transformer Switching kv Single-Phase, -Pole V 40V V V Three-Phase, -Pole V 40V V V.6 kv. kv.4 kv kv.8 kv. kv 4. kv. kv / hp 7-/ hp hp hp kw 6 kw kw kw kw kw 0 kw kw. kv.4 kv 4.9 kv 6. kv.6 kv 4. kv 8. kv kv 4 hp hp hp hp kw kw 0 kw kw 8. kw 7 kw 4 kw 4 kw kvr kvr kvr. kv 4. kv 8. kv kv 6. kv 7. kv 4 kv 8 kv 0 90 hp 0 hp hp hp kw 0 kw 40 kw kw 7 kw 4 kw 68 kw 86 kw 7 kvr kvr 67 kvr 4. kv 8. kv 6 kv 0 kv kv 4 kv 8 kv kv 40 hp hp 7 hp 0 hp kw 0 kw 60 kw 7 kw 6 kw 68 kw kw kw 40 kvr 80 kvr 0 kvr 6.8 kv 4 kv 7 kv 4 kv 0 kv kv 47 kv 9 kv Resistive loads having inrush currents not exceeding. times continuous rating. These ratings are for transformers having inrush currents not more than 0 times peak of continuous current ratings. For inrush currents greater than 0 times, refer to factory. Table -0. lectrical haracteristics Sizes 9 Size Size 6 Size 7 Size 8 Size 9 Max. Voltage Rating mpere Rating (Open) (nclosed) Squirrel age Motor Maximum Horsepower t: V/60 Hz V/60 Hz 80V/ Hz V V/ 60 Hz V V V V V hp 0 hp hp hp Resistive Heating kw Single-Phase, -Pole V 40V V V Three-Phase, -Pole V 40V V V 0 kw 60 kw kw kw kw kw kw 60 kw 40 hp hp 00 hp 400 hp 60 kw kw 40 kw 00 kw kw kw 4 kw kw apacitor Switching kvr, Three-Phase 40V V V 80 kvr 60 kvr kvr Transformer Switching kv Single-Phase, -Pole V 40V V V Three-Phase, -Pole V 40V V V 4 kv 7 kv 4 kv 68 kv 4 kv 47 kv 94 kv 7 kv 60 kvr 0 kvr 400 kvr 7 kv 4 kv 8 kv kv 8 kv 94 kv 88 kv 4 kv hp hp 90 kw 80 kw 60 kw 4 kw kw kw 6 kw 77 kw 40 kvr kvr kvr 4 kv 8 kv 6 kv 0 kv kv 40 kv 80 kv kv 4 hp 900 hp hp hp For ratings refer to factory. Resistive loads having inrush currents not exceeding. times continuous rating. These ratings are for transformers having inrush currents not more than 0 times peak of continuous current ratings. For inrush currents greater than 0 times, refer to factory. 60 kvr 70 kvr 900 kvr 6 kv kv 44 kv 04 kv 8 kv kv 40 kv 6 kv 66 kvr kvr 670 kvr kv kv 4 kv 6 kv 7 kv 4 kv 78 kv 97 kv

130 - Technical ata Line January Vol., Ref. No. [046] oil haracteristics Table -0. Operated and 40V oils ontactor Size 0 4 ontact mp Rating Poles in Series V 40V Non-inductive load ontact mp Rating or 40V Table -04. Magnetic oil ata, or 40V ontactor Size 0 4 Watts Operating Time in Milliseconds Pick-Up rop-out to 7 to 7 to 7 to 7 to 7 6 to 6 to 6 to 6 to 6 to Table V, Hz Starters Maximum Horsepower Ratings NM Size Maximum Horsepower -/ Operating oil haracteristics at Rated oil Volts, Sizes 00 9 The following represent typical production test values and should not be interpreted as a guarantee of actual performance. Table -06. Operating oil haracteristics oil urden (Open V) (losed V) (losed Watts) Pick-Up Volts rop-out Volts Pick-Up Time Hz rop-out Time Hz oil urden (Open V) (losed V) (losed Watts) Pick-Up Volts rop-out Volts Pick-Up Time Hz rop-out Time Hz Sizes 00, 0, Size Size Size 4 Size Size 6 Size 7 Size 8 Size 9 60 V V 7.8 W 8% 40 60% -/ /4 7 V 7 V 8 W 80% % 60 V V 7.8 W 8% 40 60% -/ /4 7 V 7 V 8 W 80% % 7 ms 6 ms 6 V V 8 W 8% 40 60% -/ /4 V V W 80% % 7 ms 6 ms 700 V 64 V W 8% 40 60% -/ /4 W 80% % 7 ms 6 ms ata pertains to Model K; for Model J, refer to factory. Operated only. Percent of rated coil voltage. Lower figure when coil is cold. Higher figure when coil is hot. rop-out time to clear arc. Time varies with type of load and contact wear. t 60 Hz base. To contact touch. 700 V 80 V W 78% 6 to 7%..7 V V 0 W 64% 8%.7 Hz 9. Hz 900 V 0 V 4 W 70% 60 to 70% V V 0 W 7% % Hz 7. Hz 400 V 400 V 400 W 4% 6% 0% 4% 4 Hz 7 Hz 400 V 400 V 400 W 4% 6% 0% 4% 7 9 Hz 7 Hz 0 V V W % 6% 40% % Hz

131 January Vol., Ref. No. [047] Mechanical haracteristics NM Standard IS - irect-current operated contactors shall withstand % of their rated voltage continuously without injury to the operating coils and shall close successfully at 80% of their rated voltage. Technical ata Line lternating-current operated contactors shall withstand % of their rated voltage continuously without injury to the operating coils and shall close successfully at 8% of their rated voltage. - Table -07. Mechanical haracteristics, Sizes 00 9 imensions in Inches (mm) Height Width epth Panel rea Square Inches Weight Pounds able onnection Maximum able Size/Phase opper (WG/MM) uxiliary lectrical ircuits vailable Latched Version vailable Mechanical Interlock ombinations vailable Sizes 00, 0,,,, 4 6 7, 8 9 Sizes 00, 0, Size Size Size 4 Size Size 6 Size 7 Size 8 Size (6.8). (84.) 4.6 (7.).. Lbs. 6 WG (8.9). (84.) 4.96 (6).7. Lbs. WG 9.9 (.) 4.6 (7.) 6.7 (7.) For Sizes 9 contactors only; for starter Sizes 9, refer to factory Lbs. / (.) 4.6 (7.) 6.7 (7.) Lbs. 4/ (04.8) 7.00 (77.8) 7.7 (96.9) 84.0 Lbs. Front -0 MM 4. (4.9) 7.00 (77.8) 8.7 (.) Lbs. Front -0 MM (47.9). (96.9).00 (79.4) 47. Lbs. Front/Rear -0 MM 9. (489). (96.9).00 (79.4) Lbs. Front/Rear 4-0 MM Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No Verti., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical.00 (6).00 (8.8).00 (0.) 800 Lbs. Front/Rear 8-0 MM 4 Vertical Vertical Table -08. ata from Tables Through of 996 N: Motor mperes at Full Load, Three-Phase hp /6 /4 / / /4 -/ 7-/ 0 Single-Phase Induction Type Squirrel-age and Wound-Rotor mperes hp Single-Phase Induction Type Squirrel-age and Wound-Rotor mperes V V V V V V V 40V V V V V V V V 40V These current values are for motors running at usual speeds and with normal torque characteristics. Motors for special low speed or high torque may require higher current. In all cases, heaters should be selected on basis of information on motor nameplate or motor card data

132 - Technical ata Line January Vol., Ref. No. [048] ombination Ratings Table -09. ombination Ratings Sizes 00 Short-ircuit Protective evice (SP) Sizes 00, 0, lass H Fuse lass J Fuse lass R Fuse lass T Fuse Instantaneous djustable Trip. ircuit reaker. Inverse Time ircuit reaker. Instantaneous djustable Trip with urrent Limiting ttachment. Inverse Time with uilt-in urrent Limiting ttachment. oil Suffix Max. Rating SP ircuit reaker Interrupting Rating Short-ircuit Withstand apability urrent Voltage,000 0,000 0,000 0,000 V V V V Magnetic Only 0 Marked HMP 0,000 V Type,000 V Thermal/Mag. 6,000 6,000 V Type,000,000 V 0,000 0,000 V,000,000 V Magnetic Only 0 HMP + 0,000 V Type + L urrent Limiter Thermal/Mag. Type L,000 0,000 V Size lass H Fuse lass J Fuse lass R Fuse lass T Fuse ,000 0,000 0,000 0,000 V V V V Magnetic Only Marked HMP 0,000 V Type,000 V Thermal/Mag. 90 6,000 6,000 V Type,000,000 V 0,000 0,000 V,000,000 V Magnetic Only HMP + 0,000 V Type + L urrent Limiter Thermal/Mag. Type L,000 0,000 V Table -. Other vailable oil Voltages and oils oils oil Rating oil Rating (Volts/Hertz) (Volts/Hertz) Suffix Suffix G H I J K L M /60, / -08/60 40/60 and /60 440/ /60 Hz 0/ 80/ 4/60 -/ or 60 Rect. to 0-40/ or 60 Rect. to 4V 48V N P Q R U List ddition for dual voltage coils. onsult Sales Office or List. List ddition for coils. onsult Sales Office or List. coils for Size and 6 contactors and starters are intermittent duty rated only. mechanical latch is required. coils. Use only on contactors originally supplied with a coil. For Q suffixes order by description consult Technical Support enter. V W X Y Z S T / 48/60 / Volts Specified /60 and 40/ / or 60 Rect. to /60 40/60 /60 4/ 77/60 V V Table -. ombination Ratings Sizes and 4 Short-ircuit Protective evice (SP) Size lass H Fuse lass J Fuse lass R Fuse lass T Fuse Max. Rating SP ircuit reaker Interrupting Rating Short-ircuit Withstand apability urrent Voltage,000 0,000 0,000 0,000 V V V V Magnetic Only 0 Marked HMP 0,000 V Type,000 V Thermal/Mag. 6,000 6,000 V Type,000,000 V 0,000 0,000 V,000,000 V Magnetic Only 0 HMP + 0,000 V Type + L urrent Limiter Thermal/Mag. Type L,000 0,000 V Size 4 lass H Fuse lass J Fuse lass R Fuse lass T Fuse ,000 0,000 0,000 0,000 V V V V Magnetic Only Marked HMP 0,000 V Type,000 V Thermal/Mag. 6,000 6,000 V Type,000,000 V 0,000 0,000 V,000,000 V Magnetic Only HMP + 0,000 V Type + L urrent Limiter Thermal/Mag.,000 0,000 V Type + L Thermal/Mag. Type L,000 0,000 V Instantaneous djustable Trip. ircuit reaker. Inverse Time ircuit reaker. Instantaneous djustable Trip with urrent Limiting ttachment. Inverse Time with uilt-in urrent Limiting ttachment. Inverse Time urrent Limiting reaker. Table -. Other oils vailable (For Q Suffix) Voltages Sizes 0 & Size Voltages Sizes 0 & Size - to 4-Pole - to -Pole - to 4-Pole - to -Pole Style Style 6886G G G G 6886G G G G G7 6886G G / 6886G0 6886G For Q suffixes order by description consult Technical Support enter.

133 January Vol., Ref. No. [049] Factory Modifications / ccessories Line - Factory Modifications Table -. Factory Modifications Modifications Suffix NM Size dder ontrol ircuit Overload Relays (Substitutions) xtra uxiliary ontact (NO-N) Non-reversing, Reversing, -Speed Unwired xtra uxiliary ontact Non-reversing, Reversing, -Speed Unwired xtra uxiliary ontact Non-reversing, Unwired 4 xtra uxiliary ontact Non-reversing, Unwired J J J J Wired for Separate ontrol (N) N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ Omit ontrol Wiring (N) X mbient ompensated with uto Reset (N) Fast Trip mbient ompensated (Specify Motor FL) Overload Relay larm ontact (NO) per overload N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ ccessories and Field Modification Kits Type J uxiliary ontact Type J uxiliary ontact apable of being field mounted in a contactor or starter (lasses, 900 Sizes 00 6, V, V0 vacuum and definite purpose controllers). Provides two separate electrical contact sets which wire vertically and are color coded; black designates N and silver designates NO. Please note that the vertical wiring is contrary to the horizontal wiring of the L-6 auxiliary contacts. esigned to fit within dimensions of starter; no additional panel space is required. Provides circuit isolation (no polarity restrictions) and single break bifurcated contacts. Table -4. uxiliary ontact Ratings Voltage Make reak NM V 7 V 8 7V NM R00 7 V V 70 V 70 V 8 00V 8 V 8 V Table -. uxiliary ontact Types ontact Type NO and N N NO oil learing N and NO Max J J0 J0 J iscount Symbol

134 -4 ccessories and Field Modification Kits Line January Vol., Ref. No. [0] SS-6 Surge Suppressor SS-6 Surge Suppressor esigned to be used with magnetic motor controllers through Size 4 in V, 60 Hz control circuit applications where electronic equipment is used. Steady State oil Volts:, 60 Hz, RMS Peak Input Volts: 69.6, 60 Hz, Max. mplitude Max. mbient Temperature: 6 Nominal Limiting Volts: 70 Peak Nominal Rate of Volt Rise:. per ms Table -6. Surge Suppressor Type Mounting Kit an be used on Sizes and 6 with V coil. Mounting bracket required order separately. Mounting racket 7704G04. iscount Symbol. Mechanical Interlock Prevents closing of one member of a reversing or multi-speed contactor until the opposite member is completely open. Table -9. Mechanical Interlock Starter SS-6 6. ontactor rrangement ( of Poles, Horizontal or Vertical) x Horizontal 4 x 4 Horizontal x Horizontal ll Pole ombination, Vertical x Horizontal Reversing x Vertical Reversing x Horizontal 4 x 4 Horizontal ll Pole ombination Horizontal ll Pole ombination Vertical Interlock M-- M-- M-- M-4- M-- M-4- M-- M-6- M-- M-4- F-6 Fuse lock Facilitates installation of fuses (, V max.) in control circuits. Utilizes ussman type KTK fuses, or equivalent. Mounts in same cavity as Type J auxiliary contact. No tools or mounting hardware needed. Fuse not included. Table -7. Fuse lock Mounting Starter Panel Kit F6 F6-P R-6 Interposing Relay The R-6 interposing relay is a low energy solid-state device with a single NO solid-state contact. It can be used as a V control relay, and will operate on as little as 40V input. Is useful in applications requiring long control wiring runs where excessive voltage drop would prevent the contactor or relay from energizing. Will operate a Size 4 contactor from,000 feet using 8 WG wire. Table -8. Interposing Relay Type Mounting Kit Starter or Panel R iscount Symbol. Lever type mechanism assures positive action. an be factory assembled or field mounted on and 900 starters and contactors. ontinuous Size 0, 0, 0, 0,, 4, NO ell larm ontact Isolated Normally Open ell larm ontact. Mounts in Type block-type overload relay. Table -0. ell larm ontact Kit NO- NO-4 for Size and 4 Table -. ontrol ontact Ratings () Volts 4 Overload Relay Reset xtension Used to adjust overload reset rod depth of lass Model J starters and current design overload relays to same dimensions as obsolete starters and overloads identified by suffix, i.e.,. When replacing obsolete device with lass starter and Type overload, order Style 67H0. No charge. When replacing obsolete device with lass starter and Type overload, order Style 490H. No charge. Power Pole Kit Maximum mperes Make reak 0 V ontinuous urrent Rating: V dds NO or N power pole to Size 00 0 lass contactors. Factory installed or field mountable in load side auxiliary cavities. V. ontinuous current rating of 8 for Size 0, 7 for Size. Table -. Power Pole Kit ontinuous urrent Rating Normally Open 8 7 Normally losed 8 7 Kit Size 0 0 Kit PN0-0 PN0- PN-0 PN- o not use with operated contactors iscount Symbol

135 January Vol., Ref. No. [0] ccessories and Field Modification Kits Line - Replacement uxiliary ontacts Table -. Replacement uxiliary ontacts ontactor Size ontact rrangement, 6 NO + N NO N 7, 8 NO N 9 NO + N NO N ux. lect. ontact J J0 J0 Style 90847G G G0 7846G0 7846G0 8494G G0 8494G Mechanical Interlocks Table -6. Mechanical Interlocks ontactor Sizes Style s Horizontal Vertical, 4 and and and 6 6 and 6 6 and 7, 8 7, 8 and 7, 8 7, 8 and 7, 8 7, 8 and 9 9 and 9 0G7 0G 0G7 0G6 No (Rear onn.) No (Front onn.) No (Rear onn.) No (Rear onn.) 0G6 0G 0G7 0G6 0G 6764G0 6764G G G xtra uxiliary ontact Kits ll starters include an auxiliary contact with NO and N contact. These kits include an auxiliary contact with contacts as shown, plus operating arm and mounting bracket when required. Table -4. xtra uxiliary ontact Kits ontactor Size ontact rrangement, 6 NO + N NO N 7, 8 NO NO Size 7 and larger use coils as standard. oil onversion Kits Style 4694G8 4694G G G G04 Kits listed below include all necessary parts to convert from to control including the coil with built-in diode, rectifier, auxiliary interlock and all mounting hardware. Table -. oil onversion Kits Size Voltage Kit Style G G G G G G Overload Protection Overload Protection Size Starters Type overload relay is a three-pole, block type, thermal ambient compensated device with manual reset mounted integrally. urrent transformers are enclosed in a protective case and integrally mounted to save panel space. Standard ratio is 00:. Overload Protection Size 6 Starters Overload protection assembly consists of three current transformers, Type three-pole block overload relay and an optional interposing relay. These parts are mounted on a panel which connects directly to the load terminal of the contactor. urrent transformers are : ratio as standard. If automatic reset is required, the Type, three-pole block, ambient compensated relay is available upon request. Overload Relay Kits ach kit includes three current transformers (standard ratio) and one Type, three-pole block overload relay, ambient compensated with manual reset. Table -7. Overload Relay Kits Kit Size Kit Part 6 Table -8. Replacement Terminal Lugs ontactor Size able Size 074G G Kit Style Terminals Qty. in Kit Qty. Req d. per Pole MM -0 MM 4-0 MM 4-0 MM 976G G G G0 ll mounting hardware is included in kit iscount Symbol

136 -6 Renewal Parts Line January Vol., Ref. No. [0] When Ordering Specify Use this renewal parts data to identify device by style number, catalog number and/or description. Select style number of replacement part from the following pages. For clarification of ordering procedure, pricing and discounts, contact the ustomer Support enter. General Information This renewal parts data will provide the proper identification of standard parts which may be required for maintenance of utler-hammer components. It is the intent of this catalog section to make it possible to quickly select the parts needed. n investment in renewal parts and regular maintenance program will protect against downtime and ensure a proper duty cycle for your equipment. To maintain maximum operating efficiency and dependability of your equipment, only genuine utler- Hammer replacement parts should be used. This section identifies the replacements parts which are available. Order by style number. JF utostarters Table -9. JF utostarter Kits Frame Size Start ontacts Run ontacts Grid Stack Kit Required Style Required Style Required Style 4 L M MM 8708G 409G8 490G , G 409G9 490G ,., G 490G 490G Note: Kits contain a complete set of moving contacts, stationary contacts and springs. Table -. Solenoid ssembly with oil (ll Sizes) Volt Hz Style H0 640H0 640H0 640H When replacing solenoid assembly series 4660 use adapter plate style 9970H0 required. These styles replace coil style 9689G. When ordering new style as replacement, customer must order adapter plate 9970H0, Quantity required. iscount Symbol

137 January Vol., Ref. No. [0] Renewal Parts Line -7 Starters, ontactors, 0 Table -. ontactors Model J Sizes 00, 0,, Kits Part Poles Size 00 Size 0 Size Size ontact Kit 4 rc ox,, 4 ross ar, 4, Upper ase (for single rated coils only), 4, Lower ase, 4, Style 7G7 7G8 7G8 7G G G04 N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ Style 7G0 7G04 7G04 7G Style 7G07 7G09 7G09 7G Model contact tips and coils 00-4, -, -, 4- and -pole contactors are same as Model J. ll other parts are unavailable. Mounting hardware included. Use one each of 7G and 7G G G0 N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ G G06 N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ Style 7G 7G 7G 67474G07 (-, -pole) 67474G08 (4-, -pole) 67788G 67788G G 67788G G09 G KO Spring (Pk of ) ll N/ N/ N/ 796G0. Terminal Line/Load (Pk of ) ll N/ N/ N/ 7870G0 4. Table -. oils Voltage Hz Size 00, 0, Size -, -, 4-Pole -Pole -, -Pole 4-, -Pole / 08 / 80 40/0 / / /40 60/ 60 60/ 60/ 60/ /60 60/60 Style 806G0 806G0 806G0 806G07 806G 806G 806G6 806G8 806G0 806G Style 808G0 808G0 808G0 808G07 808G 808G N/ 808G6 808G0 808G Style 806G0 806G0 806G0 806G07 806G 806G 806G6 806G8 806G0 806G Style 88G0 88G0 88G0 88G07 88G 88G 88G 88G6 88G0 88G ual Voltage oils. Use only on contactors or starters originally supplied with a dual voltage coil. Use only on contactors originally supplied with a coil. Table -. oil Voltage Size 0, Size,,, 4 Pole,, Pole Style 4 48 / 6886G G G0 6886G0 6886G0 6886G ual Voltage oils. Use only on contactors or starters originally supplied with a dual voltage coil. Use only on contactors originally supplied with a coil. ccessories for Size 9 ontactors Note: rectifier circuit converts the supply to supply. This conversion provides pick up and drop out characteristics. ll necessary parts are included in the kit. Table oil onversion Kits Voltage Size Size 6 Style Style V 40V V 78648G G G Table -. Replacement oils for bove 78649G G G Voltage Size Size 6 Style Style V 40V V 786G0 786G 786G G0 7866G 7866G iscount Symbol

138 -8 Renewal Parts Line January Vol., Ref. No. [04] Starters, ontactors, 0 (ontinued) ccessories for Size 9 ontactors Table -6. uxiliary lectrical Interlocks Size 7 9 and ll Units Type ircuits pplication Style L6 L6 L64 L64 L64 NO N NO-N NO N Size 7 8 Size 7 8 Size 9 Size 9 Size G0 7846G0 8494G G0 8494G ccessories for Size 00 6 ontactors Table -7. uxiliary lectrical Interlocks (Obsolete) (L-6) (L-6) (L-6) (L-6) (L-6H) (L-6J) (L-6) (L-6) (L-6F) (L-6G) (L-6) (L-6M) (L-6P) (L-6R) (L-6S) Style (Obsolete) (6090G0) (6090G0) (6090G0) (6090G04) (6090G0) (6090G06) (6090G07) (6090G08) (6090G09) (6090G) (6090G) (6090G) (6090G7) (6090G8) (6090G9) ircuits NO & N NO NO & N NO NO NO & N N/ N/ N/ NO & N N N/ NO & N N NO & N urrent J J0 J J0 J0 J N/ N/ N/ J Style urrent 90847G G G G G G04 N/ N/ N/ 90847G04 Model J K, Sizes and 4 Table -8. Model J K Series, 4 Kits Part Poles Size Model J Size 4 Model J Size 4 Model K ontact Kit 4 rc ox, 4, ross ar, 4, Upper ase, 4, Lower ase, 4, J0 N/ J J0 J 90847G0 N/ 90847G G G0 Style 6687G 6687G 67474G G 67788G G G G9 G0 G06 Model contact tips and coils 00-4, -, -, 4- and -pole contactors are same as model J. ll other parts are unavailable. Model K replaces Model J, offering superior design life characteristics. Renewal parts are different. Use parts for proper model only. For mp 0 Magnetically Latched Lighting ontactors order -pole contact kit style 67788G07. Use Qty. of 6687G. Use Qty. each of 6687G and 6687G. Use Qty. of 6687G6. Use Qty. each of 6687G6 and 6687G Style 6687G6 6687G G 67474G G G G G9 G0 G Style 8G6 8G7 8G8 8G G 67474G , G G G KO Spring (Pk of ) ll 796G0. 796G G. Terminal Line/Load (Pk of ) ll 77G 4. 77G G8 4. iscount Symbol

139 January Vol., Ref. No. [0] Renewal Parts Line -9 Starters, ontactors, 0 (ontinued) ccessories for Model J K, Series, 4 Table -9. oils Voltage Model J Size, 4 -, -Pole Style 4 48 / 68G04 68G0 68G0 68G0 68G Use only on units originally supplied with coil. ual Voltage oils. Use only on contactors or starters originally supplied with dual voltage coil. Table -40. oils Voltage Hz Model J Size, 4 Model K Size 4 -, -Pole 4-, -Pole -, -Pole 4-, -Pole / 08 / 80 40/0 / / /44 60/ 60 60/ 60/ 60/ /60 60/60 Style 6G0 6G0 6G0 6G07 6G 6G 6G4 6G4 6G0 6G Model K replaces Model J, offering superior design life characteristics. Renewal parts are different. Use parts for proper model only. ual Voltage oils. Use only on contactors or starters originally supplied with dual voltage coil. 0 ontactors Size 9 Table -4. G /60 GP 7, 8, 9 Kits Style 6G0 6G0 6G0 6G07 6G 6G N/ N/ 6G0 6G Style 79G0 79G0 79G0 79G07 79G 79G 79G4 79G4 79G0 79G Part Size Size 6 Size 7 Size 8 Size 9 Style Style Style Style Style 80G0 80G0 80G0 80G07 80G 80G N/ N/ 80G0 80G Style ontact Kit ( per pole) rc ox Magnet ssy. Mag. Spg. Kit cr up Kit Load onn. Kit Line onn. Kit K.O. Spring 6.T. 00/.T. 400/.T. /.T. 800/ Phase arrier ross ar Shunt G0 0G4 0G46 0G47 0G48 0G49 0G 0G 68H0 68H04 N/ N/ N/ 0G N/ G 066G4 0G46 0G47 N/ 066G49 066G 066G46 N/ 066G8 066G9 N/ 066G 066G48, G7 880G0 N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ 64044G0 N/ 69G0,9.00 0/ Series replaces G/GP series. Renewal parts are the same. Use G06 for Silver Tungsten applications..t. kit which replaces the single molded T assembly used on the old size 6 airbreak. The kit includes a single molded.t. assembly, bus bar and hardware. This.T. kit also replaces the single molded.t. assembly used on the present size 6 airbreak and size vacuum. onsult factory for prices G0 880G0 N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ 64044G0 N/ 6468G0 (Set of ), G0 (R..) 644G0 (F..) 99769G0 N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ 64G0 (R..) N/ 649G0 (Set of 4),9.00, ,0.00 iscount Symbol

140 -40 Renewal Parts Line January Vol., Ref. No. [06] ccessories for 0 ontactors Size 9 Table -4. oils Voltage Hz Size Size 6 Sizes and 6 / / /08 0/40 /08 0/40 77/0 80/4 440/ 440/ / / 80/4 / Style 04G0 04G06 04G07 04G08 04G09 04G 04G 04G4 04G 04G6 04G7 04G8 04G9 04G0 04G 04G 04G 04G Style 0G0 0G06 0G07 0G08 0G09 0G 0G 0G4 0G 0G6 0G7 0G8 0G9 0G0 0G 0G 0G 0G Line Voltage Size 7, 8 Required Sizes 7 and 8 V V V V /V 0/40V 80V 440/V /V Style 4880G0 4880G G0 4880G0 4880G 4880G 4880G 4880G 4880G Line Voltage Size 9 Style Size 9 V 644G0 90. Rectifier V 0840G0 ( required). Rectifier V 0840G0 ( required). Rectifier V 0840G0 ( required). These coils require an external rectifier. If the rectifier needs replacement, order by the appropriate style number. ontains coil and resistor. iscount Symbol

141 January Vol., Ref. No. [07] Thermal and Fast Trip Overload Relays Line -4 ontents Page Thermal and Fast Trip Overload Relays Product esign Features Instruction Leaflets Thermal Type, lass 0, Manual Reset Thermal Type, lass 0, uto/manual Reset Type FT Fast Trip, lass Heater Selection Type Overload Relay -Pole Panel Mount Product Type and Type, lass 0 Thermal Overload Relays will protect the motor against abnormal overload conditions. imetallic actuated, they are available as either ambient compensated or non-compensated in either single-pole or block type three-pole design. The Type use one pole of the three-pole block for single-phase. Single-pole relays are also available as Fast Trip lass ambient compensated type, which provides approximately % motor protection with a tripping time of less than seconds, at % of heater current rating. Fast trip relays can be identified by the green reset rods. They are available for panel or starter mounting. The threepole fast trip design is composed of three single-pole relays on a common baseplate, with a common reset bar. The bimetal element is actuated by precisely calibrated heater elements which are connected directly in the circuit to be protected. Thermal actuation of this device opens the contacts in the coil circuit of a contactor or relay which results in the disconnection of power to the overloaded circuit. Interchangeable thermal heater elements for single-pole standard trip and block type overload relays are available to cover motor full load currents from.9 to in approximately % steps (see Heater pplication Table). Fast trip overload relays do not have interchangeable heater elements but are available in a series of ratings to cover motor full load currents from.6 to in approximately % steps. esign Features Manual or utomatic Reset The Type is furnished with a manual reset. The Type is normally furnished set for manual reset operation and may be quickly adjusted for automatic reset when required. utomatic reset should not be used with -wire control or where automatic restarting would endanger either personnel or equipment. Trip Indication n immediate visible indication of trip is provided on the overload relay. When an overload occurs, which causes the relay to operate, a trip indicator projects out and thus shows positive visual indication of trip. The Type has a mechanical trip bar to manually check the N contact operation on the overload relay. djustable Trip On the Type, the trip rating of a specific heater element can be adjusted over a range of approximately 8% to % of its respective rating to permit the desired close protection. This is accomplished by turning the adjusting knob on the relay to the respective stop position. Positive ontact reak follow-through contact, provided on the stationary terminal of the snap action control switch, provides reliable electrical continuity during toggling, thus eliminating false trip sometimes prevalent with thermally operated switches. This contact also allows contact wipe for further reliability. mbient ompensation Motor overload protection can be provided with the same trip characteristics in ambient temperature from -40 to 77 (-40 to 67 F). compensating bimetal maintains a constant travel to trip distance independent of ambient conditions. The compensating feature is fully automatic and no adjustments are required over wide fluctuations in ambient temperatures. ompensated relays are identified by black reset rods on the Type and light gray reset rods on the Type, while non-compensated relays use red reset rods. three-pole units have gray reset rods. one-pole units have black reset rods. ontrol ontact Single-pole and block type relays are supplied as standard with a SPST N control contact. SPT NO-N with common is available as a factory modification on the Type. n isolated NO contact can be supplied on the Type as either a factory modification or as a field kit. Instruction Leaflets 488 Fast Trip Sizes 0 4, -Pole OL Relay 467 Type Sizes, -Pole OL Relay Mod 468 Type Sizes, -Pole OL Relay Mod J 470 Type Sizes 4, -Pole OL Relay Mod J 469 Type Sizes 4, -Pole OL Relay Mod 709 Type OLR for Sizes 7, 8 and 9 ontactors 69 Type Sizes, -Pole OL Relay 694 Type Sizes, -Pole OL Relay 9 Type Sizes 4, -Pole OL Relay 676F Fast Trip Sizes 0 4, -Pole OL Relay

142 -4 Thermal and Fast Trip Overload Relays Line Thermal Type, lass 0, Manual Reset January Vol., Ref. No. [08] Thermal Type, lass 0, Manual Reset mbient ompensation The Type ambient compensated design is supplied as standard on all starters. This design uses a second compensating bimetal responsive to ambient air temperature in the surrounding enclosure. This feature reduces nuisance tripping in applications using compact control panels and motor control centers where internal temperature rise is significant compared to motor ambient temperature. The compensating characteristic is maintained in ambient temperatures from 40 to 77. Standards and ertifications UL8 S NSI/NM IS - Technical ata Table -4. ontrol ontact Ratings NM NO and N ontrol ontact Rating Volts Make reak 4 ccessories 0 V 60 V Type Overload Relay Panel Mounting pplication The Type overload relay is designed to protect industrial motors against overload conditions. Using modern block type, bimetallic design, this relay will provide lass 0 operation in either single-phase or -phase applications. Features mbient compensation standard larm contact field mountable lass 0 V design Inverse time delay trip Test trip device for weld check Hi-visibility up-front trip indication Trip-free reset mechanism Operation The Type overload relay is a bimetallic actuated device. The bimetal elements are operated by precisely calibrated heaters. The heater elements are connected either directly in the circuit to be measured, or through current transformers on applications NM Size and larger. s the bimetals are heated by motor current flow, a deflection force is produced. Upon a sustained level of abnormal current flow, the deflection becomes great enough to open the snap-action output contact. Product Selection Heaters Table -44. larm ontact Kit Selection Type Overload Relay Size larm contact available as factory modification of field mountable. For factory modification, add suffix. nter heaters as separate item by listing from tables, Pages , as required per starter. Relays Table -4. Product Selection Thermal Type Overload Relay Selection Motor Full Load mps mbient omp. Single-Pole (One N ontact) Includes contactor mounting bracket, overload relay and connection straps to contactor. For replacement on size 00, 0, use instead of and use N instead of N.,, 4 NO- NO Panel Mounted Starter Mounted s s Replacement for Type Overload Relays Replacement for Type Overload Relays in Manual Reset Mode (-Pole Only) JP JP Three-Pole (One N ontact) JP JP P 4P Non comp. NJP NJP NJP NJP NP N4P mbient omp. N N mbient omp. Use -Pole esign, Wire Poles in Series 4 N N N N4 J J 4 Noncomp. Noncomp. NJ NJ N N iscount Symbol

143 January Vol., Ref. No. [09] Thermal and Fast Trip Overload Relays Line Thermal Type, lass 0, Manual Reset -4 imensions Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. Table -46. Thermal Type Overload Relays imensions Relay Size pproximate imensions in Inches (mm) 4. (79.).8 (8.9) 4.06 (.) 4.8 (.).44 (.). (7.9). (7.9).9 (4.8). (.) ia. 6 Mtg. Slots.7 (4.). (6.4).8 (7.) ia. Mtg. Slots. (6.4).8 (0.).8.4 (7.4) (79.8).8 (8.9).88 (98.6).98 (.).8 (.).94 (.9).4 (4).7 (44.).4 (.4) (.9) (.) (.9) 4 (.6). (6.4).8 (4.). (84.) Sizes and -Pole, Panel Mounted 4.44 (.8) Sizes and 4 -Pole, Panel Mounted Figure -. Thermal Type Overload Relays imensions in Inches (mm)

144 -44 Thermal and Fast Trip Overload Relays Line Thermal Type, lass 0, uto/manual Reset January Vol., Ref. No. [060] Thermal Type, lass 0, uto/manual Reset Type Overload Relay -Pole Panel Mounting pplication The Type overload relay is designed to protect industrial motors against overload conditions. Using modern block type, bimetallic design, this relay will provide lass 0 operation in either single- or -phase applications. Features Field selectable manual/auto reset larm contract factory available lass 0 V design Inverse time delay trip djustable trip rating ± % olor coded reset rod: ompensated (Gray) Non-compensated (Red) Operation The Type overload relay is a bimetallic actuated device. The bimetal elements are operated by precisely calibrated heaters. The heater elements are connected either directly in the circuit to be measured, or through current transformers on applications NM Size and larger. s the bimetals are heated by motor current flow, a deflection force is produced. Upon a sustained level of abnormal current flow, the deflection becomes great enough to open the snap-action output contact. utomatic Reset The Type overload relay can be supplied as an option on all starters to provide automatic reset operation. The overload relay is always shipped in the non-automatic mode. To set up auto operation, reposition the reset rod by loosening and re-tightening a hold-down clamp at the base of overload relay. Product Selection Standards and ertifications UL8 S NSI/NM IS - Technical ata Table -47. ontrol ontact Ratings Heaters nter heaters as separate item by listing from tables, Pages , as required per starter. Relays Table -48. Product Selection Thermal Type Overload Relay Selection Motor Full Load mps Panel Mounted Volts Normally losed Normally Open Make reak Make reak Three-Pole ontrol ontact Ratings V 40 V One-Pole ontrol ontact Ratings 4 0 V Starter Replacement 60 V. V V mbient omp. Non-comp. mbient omp. Non-comp. Single-Pole (One N ontact) P P P 4P Three-Pole (One N ontact) P P P 4P NP NP NP N4P NP NP NP N4P 4 4 N N N N4 N N N N4 Note: For larm ontact (Form ), add Suffix. vailable only as factory modification on Type relay. dder V V Pole Type Overload Relay is a suitable alternative to a -Pole Type Overload Relay in Manual Reset Mode. For example, JP for P, NJ for N, etc. (See Page -4.) iscount Symbol

145 January Vol., Ref. No. [06] Thermal and Fast Trip Overload Relays Line Thermal Type, lass 0, uto/manual Reset -4 imensions Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. Q N P Table -49. Type Single-Pole pproximate imensions in Inches (mm) im. Relay Size 4 G H T S F K ia. Mtg. Holes Figure -. Type Single-Pole pproximate imensions Single-Pole (Size 4 Shown) J Trip Indicator ommon Terminal No Terminal (When Supplied) N Terminal M L R.7 (69.).94 (.9).7 (69.9).48 (88.4).67 (7.0). (88.9) 4.9 (6.4). (6.4). (89.7) im.,, 4 F G H J K L M N P Q R S T. (8.6).6 (66.8).4 (4.0). (6.4). (7.9).06 (.). (.6).4 (4.0).66 (6.8).6 (4.). (.6).06 (.) 4.00 (.6).47 (.9). (8.) 4. (4.9).8 (8.9).9 (.6).8 (7.).8 (9.7).06 (.).7 (6.8).69 (4.9).88 (.4).7 (6.8).4 (8.6).69 (7.).9 (.8).9 (.0).69 (7.) 4. (4.).8 (9.7).78 (96.0) Q N P K G F R J ia. Mtg. Slots H L Table -. Type Three-Pole pproximate imensions in Inches (mm) im. Relay Size 4.8 (60.). (79.).6 (9.).44 (6.0).7 (80.). (8.4). (79.) 4.06 (.).44 (.) im.,, 4 F G H J K L M N P Q R.66 (4.).7 (4.).8 (7.4).08 (78.).47 (.9).0 (.).8 (7.) 4.00 (.6). (84.).80 (4.7).89 (48.0).00 (.4). (6.4). (6.4).8 (8.9).88 (98.6).47 (.9).8 (7.).47 (.9).8 (4.) 4.44 (.8).77 (70.4).7 (44.).4 (4.0).0 (6.).8 (8.9) 4.8 (.). (7.9) M Three-Pole (Size 4 Shown) Figure -4. Type Three-Pole pproximate imensions

146 -46 Thermal and Fast Trip Overload Relays Line Type FT Fast Trip, lass January Vol., Ref. No. [06] Type FT Fast Trip, lass Operation Features pplication The Type FT overload relay is designed to protect special purpose motors having restricted thermal and locked rotor capabilities. Using modern block type, bimetallic design, this relay will provide lass operation in single- or three-phase applications. The Type FT overload relay is a bimetallic actuated device. The bimetal elements are operated directly from line current, thus separate calibrating heater elements are not utilized. The overload relay may be wired directly in the motor circuit, or through-current transformers on applications larger than. s the bimetals are heated by motor current flow, a deflection force is produced. Upon a sustained level of abnormal current flow, the deflection becomes great enough to open the snap action output contact. lass V design Inverse time delay trip olor coded reset rod green larm contact factory available Field selectable manual/auto reset djustable trip rating ±0% mbient compensation included Technical ata Table -. ontrol ontact Ratings Volts Normally losed Normally Open Make reak Make reak 4 0 V 60 V V V Product Selection Table -. Type FT Single-Pole (One N ontact); Three-Phase (Three N ontacts in Series) Motor Full Load Panel Mounted Starter Replacement mperes Single-Pole Three-Pole NM Single-Pole Size FTP-. FTP-.6 FTP-.4 FTP-.6 FTP-.4 FTP-8.0 FTP- FTP-8 FTP- FTP-6 FTP-4 FTP- FTP-48 FTP-7 FT4P- FT4P FTP-. FTP-.6 FTP-.4 FTP-.6 FTP-.4 FTP-8 FTP- FTP-8 FTP-4 FTP- FTP-6 FTP-4 FTP- FTP-48 FTP-7 FT4P- FT4P , 0, 0, 0, 0, Note: Single-Pole (NO-N ontact): dd Suffix. Three-Pole (NO-N ontacts): dd Suffix. xample: FTP-. 0, 4 4 FT-. FT-.6 FT-.4 FT-.6 FT-.4 FT-8 FT- FT-8 FT- FT-6 FT-4 FT- FT-48 FT-7 FT4- FT iscount Symbol

147 January Vol., Ref. No. [06] Thermal and Fast Trip Overload Relays Line Type FT Fast Trip, lass -47 imensions Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. Table -. Type FT Overload Relays imensions Relay Size pproximate imensions in Inches (mm) 4 4. (8.0) 4. (4.). (.).9 (.0).9 (7.9).0 (77.0).09 (.). (.6).06 (.).9 (4.8). (8.6).8 (7.4).7 (4.). (.8). ().64 (4.7).8 (8.). (.6).69 (7.) 4.49 (4) Hand Reset Pos. 4.8 (.) uto Reset Pos..7 (69.).06 (.).06 (.).9 (4.8). (.7) (.4).7 (4.) Mtg. Holes.6 (6).8 (9.7) Three-Pole, Size. (.8).64 (4.7).8 (8.). (.6) 4.49 (4) Hand Reset Pos. 4.8 (.) uto Reset Pos..48 (88.4).06 (.).6 (9.7). (8.6).8 (7.4). ().69 (7.).06 (.).9 (4.8).06 (.). (.7) (.4).7 (4.) Mtg. Holes Three-Pole, Size.8 (8.).6 (4.) 4.4 (). (.9).48 (.).4 (6.).6 (4) Hand Reset Pos.. (40.) uto Reset Pos.. (84.).06 (.).06 (.).88 (98.6).8 (8.9).7 (44.).69 (7.).8 (7.4).74 (8.8). (6.4).88 (.4).7 (44.).8 (7.) Mtg. Holes Three-Pole, Sizes, 4.8 (7.) Figure -. Type FT Overload Relays imensions in Inches (mm)

148 -48 Thermal and Fast Trip Overload Relays Line January Vol., Ref. No. [064] Heater Selection General Information on Heater oil Selection For maximum motor protection and compliance with rticle 40- of the National lectrical ode, select heater coils from the tables in this section on the basis of motor nameplate full load current. When the full load current is unknown, selection may be made on the basis of average full load currents as shown on Pages of the utler-hammer product guide. aution The average ratings could be high or low for a specific motor and therefore selection on this basis always involves risk. For fully reliable motor protection, select heater coils on the basis of full load current rating as shown on the motor nameplate. Heater coils are rated to protect 40 rise motors, and open and drip-proof motors having a service factor of. where the motor and the controller are at the same ambient temperature. For other conditions:. For,, 7 rise motors and enclosed motors having a service factor of.0, select one size smaller coil.. mbient temperature of controller lower than motor by 6 (47 F), use one size smaller coil.. mbient temperature of controller higher than motor by 6 (47 F), use one size larger coil. Ultimate tripping current of heater coils is approximately. times the minimum current rating listed in the tables. Table -4. Heater Selection Type and Overload Relays, Sizes and 4 Size Starter For Size 4 Starters For Size Starters mbient ompensated nclosed Starters Noncompensating nclosed Starters ll pplications Full Load urrent of Motor mps Heater FH68 FH69 FH70 FH7 FH7 FH7 FH74 FH7 FH76 FH77 FH78 FH79 FH80 FH8 FH8 FH8 FH84 FH8 FH86 FH87 FH FH FH90 FH9 FH9 FH9 FH94 Table -. Heater Selection Type and Overload Relays, Sizes and 6 ompensated Overload Relay Open Starter nclosed Starter Full Load urrent of Motor (mps) Size (with 00/ urrent Transformers) Size 6 (with / urrent Transformers) Heater FH FH4 FH FH6 FH7 FH8 FH9 FH0 FH FH FH FH4 FH FH4 FH FH6 FH7 FH8 FH9 FH0 FH FH FH FH4 Note: Size 7 and Larger dvise Full Load urrent. iscount Symbol

149 January Vol., Ref. No. [06] Thermal and Fast Trip Overload Relays Line -49 Table -6. Heater Selection Type and Overload Relays, Sizes 0, and Size Starter Non-compensated Open Starters and mbient omp. Open and nclosed Starters lock Type Overload Using Heaters Single-Pole Type Overload Full Load urrent of Motor (mps) Heater Non-compensating nclosed Starters lock Type Overload Using Heaters Single-Pole Type Overload Heater For Size Starters For Size Starters For Size 0 Starters FH0 FH04 FH0 FH06 FH07 FH08 FH09 FH FH FH FH FH4 FH FH6 FH7 FH8 FH9 FH0 FH FH FH FH4 FH FH6 FH7 FH8 FH9 FH0 FH FH FH FH4 FH FH6 FH7 FH8 FH9 FH40 FH4 FH4 FH4 FH44 FH4 FH46 FH47 FH48 FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH FH4 FH FH FH FH FH7 FH0 FH04 FH0 FH06 FH07 FH08 FH09 FH FH FH FH FH4 FH FH6 FH7 FH8 FH9 FH0 FH FH FH FH4 FH FH6 FH7 FH8 FH9 FH0 FH FH FH FH4 FH FH6 FH7 FH8 FH9 FH40 FH4 FH4 FH4 FH44 FH4 FH46 FH47 FH48 FH49 FH FH4 FH iscount Symbol

150 - Renewal Parts itation Line January Vol., Ref. No. [066] For s,,, 0,, 40, 4,,, 70, 7, 80, 8,,,,,,, 0 and ontactors and Starters Note: For a complete listing of parts refer to the Renewal Parts Publication referenced on the device nameplate. Table -7. itation Renewal Parts Size 00 Size 0 Series Series Series Series / Part Part Part Part Part Set of ontacts Part on ontactor or Starter Nameplate -Pole without Interlock Pole without Interlock Pole with Interlock Pole without Interlock Pole without Interlock Magnet oils V 60 Hz or V Hz V 60 Hz or 0V Hz V 60 Hz or 440V Hz V 60 Hz or V Hz V 60 Hz V 60 Hz V Hz /40V 60 Hz or /0V Hz /V 60 Hz or 0/440V Hz V 60 Hz /40V 60 Hz V V V V Replacement Thermal lements For non-reversing contactors and starters only. For Size 00 reversing, select parts from adjoining size 0 column. Replace complete contactor. Non-encasulated coil. Obsolete. oil Suffix T L F G H J T W Standard Trip utectic ( teeth) Slow Trip utectic (4 teeth) urrent Transformer iscount Symbol

151 January Vol., Ref. No. [067] Renewal Parts itation Line - Table -7. itation Renewal Parts (ontinued) Size Size Size Series Series Series Series Set of ontacts Part on ontactor or Starter Nameplate -Pole without Interlock Pole without Interlock Pole with Interlock Pole without Interlock Pole without Interlock Magnet oils oil Suffix V 60 Hz or V Hz V 60 Hz or 0V Hz V 60 Hz or 440V Hz V 60 Hz or V Hz V 60 Hz V 60 Hz V Hz /40V 60 Hz or /0V Hz /V 60 Hz or 0/440V Hz V 60 Hz V V V V Replacement Thermal lements T L F G H T W Standard Trip utectic ( teeth) Slow Trip utectic (4 teeth) urrent Transformer Part Part Part Part Part iscount Symbol

152 - Renewal Parts itation Line January Vol., Ref. No. [068] Table -7. itation Renewal Parts (ontinued) Size 4 Size Size 6 Series Series Series Set of ontacts Part on ontactor or Starter Nameplate -Pole without Interlock Pole without Interlock Pole with Interlock Pole without Interlock Pole without Interlock Magnet oils V 60 Hz or V Hz V 60 Hz or 0V Hz V 60 Hz or 440V Hz V 60 Hz or V Hz V 60 Hz V 60 Hz V Hz /40V 60 Hz or /0V Hz /V 60 Hz or 0/440V Hz V 60Hz V V V V Replacement Thermal lements oil Suffix T L F G H T W Standard Trip utectic ( teeth) Slow Trip utectic (4 teeth) urrent Transformer Part Series. For Series, order 6-6 or 6-6- (list price is the same). Part , Part ,80.00, Part ,80.00,.00,.00,.00,.00,.00, Part ,9.00, iscount Symbol

153 January Vol., Ref. No. [069] Renewal Parts itation Line - Table -7. itation Renewal Parts (ontinued) Size 7 Size 8 Series Series Set of ontacts Part on ontactor or Starter Nameplate -Pole without Interlock Pole without Interlock Pole with Interlock Pole without Interlock Pole without Interlock Magnet oils oil Suffix V 60 Hz or V Hz V 60 Hz or 0V Hz V 60 Hz or 440V Hz V 60 Hz or V Hz V 60 Hz V 60 Hz V Hz /40V 60 Hz or /0V Hz /V 60 Hz or 0/440V Hz V 60 Hz V V V V Replacement Thermal lements T L F G H T W Standard Trip utectic ( teeth) Slow Trip utectic (4 teeth) urrent Transformer Part ,80.00, Part ,80.00,.00,.00,.00,.00,.00, Part ,70.00,.00,.00,.00,.00,.00, iscount Symbol

154 -4 Renewal Parts Type N Line (-) January Vol., Ref. No. [070] For Type N ontrol Table -8. ontact Kits Poles NM Size Part ,0. Table -9. oils Voltage Hz -, -Pole 4-, -Pole Size 0, /08/0 0/80/ /08/ Size /08/0 0/80/440/ / 4 0/80/440 Size /08/0 0/80/400/440 / /0 /0/ Size 4 /08/ / / 0/80/400/ /60/60 // /60/ /60/60 //60/ / /60/60 60 /60/60 ///60 60/ 60/ 60// /60/60 60/ / ///60 Minimum order quantity of required. Obsolete Part N/ N/ N/ urrent Part G G G G G G G G G G G 99699G G G G G G G G G G 99699G N/ N/ G G G G G G G 99699G G G G G G G G G G G G0 N/ Obsolete Part N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ L N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ N/ 977 urrent Part G G G8 N/ N/ G G N/ N/ N/ N/ 99699G G0 N/ 99699G 99699G G G G08 N/ N/ N/ 99699G G G G G G G G G 99699G G G G0 N/ N/ N/ G N/ N/ N/ N/ G iscount Symbol

155 January Vol., Ref. No. [07] Renewal Parts Type N Line (-) - For 0 Lighting ontactors Table -60. oils Magnetically Latched Voltage Hz -, -, 4-Pole -Pole 0 mpere / 08/ / 60 mpere / 08/ / 0 and mpere / 08/ / / /60 /60 /60 /60 /60 /60 /60 /60 /60 /60 /60 /60 /60 /60 /60 Part 78749G G G G G Part G G G G G0 -, -Pole 4-, -Pole 78749G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G0 ll electrically held lighting contactor coils are identical to the 0 series coils. See Pages Table -6. Terminals (Line and Load) -Pole -Pole 4-Pole -Pole Part 0 mpere onsult factory for prices. Part Part Part N/ N/ N/ N/ 60 mpere 797G7 797G6 797G () 0 mpere 797G9 797G8 797G9 () mpere Model K lectrically Held 797G8 797G7 797G8 () mpere Model J Magnetically Latched 797G 797G0 797G () 797G6 797G7 797G8 797G9 797G7 797G8 797G0 797G Table -6. Other ccessories Size Part ontrol Module (Rectifier) 0 998G0 4. rc boxes, upper and lower base assemblies and cross bars are equivalent to the 0 series. See Pages ontact kits are equivalent to the 0 Model J series, with the exception of the magnetically latched ampere unit. It uses 67788G07 for the -pole device. For other poles, consult factory. iscount Symbol

156 -6 Solenoids 70 Series January Vol., Ref. No. [07] ontents Page Solenoids Product Features imensions Product Selection imensions Table -6. pproximate imensions in Inches (mm) and Shipping Weights Size Push Type Pull Type imensions in Inches (mm) Ship. imensions in Inches (mm) Wide High eep Mounting Wt. Wide High eep Mounting Lbs. (kg) Wall Mounted (60.) (9.) (7.) (8.7) (4.4) (.9) (60.) (66.8) (7.) (8.7) (66.8) (4.0) (76.) (.8) (4.) (.) (66.8) (9.) (76.) (.8) (76.) (.7) (4.9) (60.) (79.) (.) (76.) (4.0) (4.9) (60.) (.6) (.7) (4.9) (69.9) (79.) (.) (.6) (4.0) (4.9) (69.9) Floor Mounted (79.) (4.0). 6. (88.9) (.7) (98.6) (.7) In sealed state..00 (76.).7 (9.).7 (9.). (8.).7 (44.). (7.). (7.). (79.). (79.). (.).0 (.) 7.0 (.). (79.). (88.9).88 (98.6).88 (98.6) 4.88 (4.0) 4.88 (4.0).00 (76.).7 (9.).7 (9.). (8.).7 (44.). (7.).6 (4.4). (4.). (79.). (79.). (7.). (79.). (79.) Ship. Wt. Lbs. (kg).0 (.9). (.).0 (.) 7.0 (.). (.).0 (.) 7.0 (.) at. No. 70 Product These solenoids are used for a wide variety of applications where straight line motion is to be obtained automatically or at a remote point. Features Plunger and frame are machined to ensure quiet operation Push- and pull-type operation With and without terminal box Plunger provided with connecting pin Size and solenoids are provided with special bearing to minimize wear in clevis under severe service Figure -6. pproximate imensions Wall Mounted Floor Mounted

157 January Vol., Ref. No. [07] Solenoids 70 Series -7 Product Selection When Ordering Specify Table -64. Solenoids 60 Hz, ontinuous uty Size Voltage Operating ata Magnetic Force in Lbs. Horizontal Position t 0% Voltage 60 Hertz Pull Type Hertz Push Type t 8% Voltage With Gravity t 0% Voltage t 8% Voltage gainst Gravity t 0% Voltage t 8% Voltage Max. Stroke in Inches (mm) urrent s Inrush Sealed Without onduit ox Floor Mtg. Wall Mtg. U.S.$ Recommended selection of solenoids on basis of 8% voltage values. Mounting of solenoids with conduit box Size are for wall mounting Size, and are for floor mounting (.4) (.4) (.4) (.4) (.4) (.4). (.8). (.8). (.8). (.8). (.8). (.8) (.4) (.4) (.4) (.4) (.4) (.4). (.8). (.8). (.8). (.8). (.8). (.8) H7 70H8 70H9 70H44 70H4 70H46 70H6 70H7 70H8 70H8 70H8 70H8 70H68 70H80 70H8 70H8 70H 70H 70H 70H694 70H696 70H697 70H84 70H86 70H87 70H 70H4 70H 70H708 70H7 70H7 70H774 70H77 70H88 70H80 70H With onduit ox Mtg. 70H6 70H6 70H6 70H69 70H70 70H7 70H6 70H7 70H8 70H68 70H69 70H70 70H 70H6 70H7 70H9 70H94 70H9 70H80 70H8 70H8 70H9 70H9 70H94 U.S.$ iscount Symbol

158 -8 and Magnetic Shoe rakes Series January Vol., Ref. No. [074] ontents Page and Magnetic Shoe rakes Product pplication Features rake Selection Shipping Weights imensions Product Selection Size S-7 rake and Wheel Product utler-hammer Type S brakes are electrically released and spring applied providing fail-safe operation. The retarding torque developed is directly proportional to the spring pressure. pplication onveyors Machine tools Printing presses Small cranes Overhead doors umb waiters Vacuum molding machines arnival rides Features The brake wheel is of relatively large size in relation to the torque developed by the brake. This permits use of a larger brake shoe lining and lower shoe pressures. Low shoe pressure, equally distributed over a large lining area, results in even wear of the friction surfaces and even braking torque. The oversize wheel type construction also permits use of a smaller operating solenoid that requires less current for a given torque rating. rake Selection The method most generally used to determine required braking torque is to calculate the full load motor torque by the following formula: T = x hp rpm T = Full load motor torque in lb-ft hp = Motor horsepower rpm = Speed of shaft on which brake wheel is mounted The torque rating of the brake selected should be at least equal to the full load motor torque for the duty considered. Table -6. Standard rake Wheel imensions Hub lengths other than standard are not available. Shipping Weights rakes Standard brakes are equipped with shunt coils. The magnet coil circuit on brakes consists of two separate windings and a protective switch. Mounting Type S brakes are designed and recommended for use and mounting only in the horizontal position. Side or vertical mountings are not recommended because the solenoid loading is altered, resulting in accelerated wear and premature coil failure. X Y Figure -7. Standard rake Wheels pproximate imensions pproximate imensions in Inches (mm) ore Z W X Y Max. Min (.6). (9.7) 7.00 (77.8).00 (4.0).7 (69.9). (8.6) 4. (8.0) 4. (8.0).6 (4.4).00 (.8).00 (76.). (8.6).8 (.).6 (4.4). (.8). (.8) Table -66. pproximate Shipping Weights rake Size Torque Rating Weight in Lbs. (kg) ft-lb Net rake with Wheel Type S Shoe rakes S-4 S-4 S-4 S--/ S--/ S-7 S (7.).8 (7.).8 (7.). (.). (.). (.7). (.7). (6.). (8.6) 4.00 (.6) 4.88 (4.0) Net Wheel Only.4 (.).4 (.).4 (.) 7. (.4) 7. (.4) 8.8 (8.) 8.8 (8.) Z W.8 (.).00 (.8). (7.).88 (7.). (.7).7 (9.).00 (.4).8 (.) oxed rake with Wheel 7.0 (7.7) 7.0 (7.7) 7.0 (7.7) 6.0 (6.) 6.0 (6.).0 (.0).0 (.0) S-, 60.0 (90.8) 8. (7.).0 (.) Type S Shoe rakes S-4 S-4 S-4 S--/ S--/ S-7 S-7 S-7 S (8.) 8.0 (8.) 8.0 (8.).0 (.9).0 (.9) 4.0 (4.) 4.0 (4.) 4.0 (4.) 4.0 (4.).4 (.).4 (.).4 (.) 7. (.4) 7. (.4) 8.8 (8.) 8.8 (8.) 8.8 (8.) 8.8 (8.) 0.0 (9.) 0.0 (9.) 0.0 (9.) 8.0 (7.) 8.0 (7.) 8.0 (6.) 8.0 (6.) 8.0 (6.) 8.0 (6.)

159 January Vol., Ref. No. [07] imensions and Magnetic Shoe rakes Series (7.) ia. 4. (8) 4 Mtg. Holes Wheel Face For Removal of. 7.8 Wing Nuts (8.4) (87.).88 (.4) (9.) (8.) (9.) (9.) Hub Length.7 (44.).88 (.4). (7.) 6.. (8.8) (7.).88 (.4) R P K U Q M L.9 (8.8). (6.6) 4.0 (.6) () Holes for / onduit 6.6 (676.).0 (4).0 ia. (.8) 7.8 (87.) 6.0 (.4) 6.0 (.4) 6.88 (74.8) Type S lapper Type Magnet Operated.88 (.4) S T F G Types S4, S-/, and S7 Solenoid Operated J O N () "H" ia. Holes for Mounting Hub Length Figure -8. pproximate imensions in Inches (mm) Table -67. pproximate imensions rake Size Torque Rating ft-lb Type S Shoe rakes S (.6) S (.6) S (.6) S--/. (9.7) S--/. (9.7) S (77.8) S (77.8) S-, 60 Type S Shoe rakes S (.6) S (.6) S (.6) S--/. (9.7) S--/. (9.7) S (77.8) S (77.8) S (77.8) S (77.8) Open type brake only. imensions in Inches (mm) F G H J K L M N O P Q R.88 (7.).88 (7.).88 (7.) 4.00 (.6) 4.00 (.6).00 (7.0).00 (7.0). (88.9). (88.9). (88.9) 4.00 (.6) 4.00 (.6).00 (7.0).00 (7.0).00 (7.0).00 (7.0) 7. (90.) 7. (90.) 7. (90.) 9. (4.) 9. (4.). (9.). (9.) 8.00 (0.) 8.00 (0.) 8.00 (0.) 9. (4.) 9. (4.). (9.). (9.). (9.). (9.).6 (66.8).6 (66.8).6 (66.8). (88.9). (88.9) 4.8 (.) 4.8 (.).6 (66.8).6 (66.8).6 (66.8). (88.9). (88.9) 4.8 (.) 4.8 (.) 4.8 (.) 4.8 (.). (.8). (.8). (.8).00 (.8).00 (.8). (6.). (6.). (.8). (.8). (.8).00 (.8).00 (.8). (6.). (6.). (6.). (6.) 7. (90.) 7. (90.) 7. (90.) 8.8 (.9) 8.8 (.9) 9. (4.) 9. (4.) 7.6 (9.0) 7.6 (9.0) 7.6 (9.0) 8.8 (.9) 8.8 (.9) 9. (4.) 9. (4.) 9. (4.) 9. (4.). (79.). (79.). (79.) 4. (4.9) 4. (4.9).00 (7.0).00 (7.0). (8.6). (8.6). (8.6) 4. (4.9) 4. (4.9).00 (7.0).00 (7.0).00 (7.0).00 (7.0).8 (9.7).8 (9.7).8 (9.7).44 (.).44 (.).6 (4.).6 (4.).6 (6.0).6 (6.0).6 (6.0).00 (.4).00 (.4).00 (.4).00 (.4).88 (7.).88 (7.).88 (7.) 4.88 (4.0) 7.88 (.) 6.00 (.4) 6.00 (.4) Refer to above drawing..8 (9.7).8 (9.7).8 (9.7).44 (.).44 (.).6 (4.).6 (4.).6 (4.).6 (4.).7 (9.).7 (9.).7 (9.).7 (9.).7 (9.).7 (9.).7 (9.).7 (9.).7 (9.).88 (7.).88 (7.).88 (7.) 4.88 (4.0) 4.88 (4.0) 6.00 (.4) 6.00 (.4) 6.00 (.4) 6.00 (.4). (6.4). (6.4). (6.4).8 (9.7).8 (9.7). (6.4). (6.4). (6.4).8 (9.7).8 (9.7).7 (69.9).7 (69.9).7 (69.9). (8.6). (8.6) 4. (8.0) 4. (8.0).7 (69.9).7 (69.9).7 (69.9). (8.6). (8.6) 4. (8.0) 4. (8.0) 4. (8.0) 4. (8.0).6 (4.4).6 (4.4).6 (4.4).00 (.8).00 (.8). (4.). (4.).6 (4.4).6 (4.4).6 (4.4).00 (.8).00 (.8). (4.). (4.). (4.). (4.).6 (4.4).6 (4.4).6 (4.4).00 (.8).00 (.8).00 (76.).00 (76.).6 (4.4).6 (4.4).6 (4.4).00 (.8).00 (.8).00 (76.).00 (76.).00 (76.).00 (76.).88 (7.).88 (7.).88 (7.). (79.). (79.). (79.). (79.).6 (66.8).6 (66.8).6 (66.8).88 (7.).88 (7.).88 (7.).88 (7.).88 (7.).88 (7.).00 (76.).00 (76.).00 (76.).7 (9.).7 (9.) 4.7 (.7) 4.7 (.7).00 (76.).00 (76.).00 (76.).7 (9.).7 (9.) 4.88 (4.0) 4.88 (4.0) 4.88 (4.0) 4.88 (4.0). (79.). (79.). (79.). (79.). (79.). (79.). (79.) 4.06 (.) 4.06 (.) 4.06 (.) 4.06 (.) 4.06 (.) 4.06 (.) 4.06 (.) 4.06 (.) 4.06 (.)

160 -60 and Magnetic Shoe rakes Series January Vol., Ref. No. [076] Size S-4 rake and Wheel Product Selection When Ordering Specify rake plus Suffix for coil xample: H9-4 Wheel plus Suffix for bore size xample: H- nclosure xample: Table -68. Type S rakes Floor Mounting Torque lb-ft ontinuous Intermittent rake Size ase For Type S4, S-/, S7, S oil Volts and Hertz oil Suffix ase oil Voltage oil Suffix 8 Intermittent duty indicates that the coil can be placed across the line continuously for one hour maximum without excessive heating. It is equivalent to / time ON and / time OFF. dd Suffix for coil voltage to ase. oes not include Wheel. Table -69. nclosures Only rake Size S-4 S--/ S S-4 S-4 S-4 S--/ S--/ S-7 S-7 S-7 S-7 NM R ripproof, Rainproof and Sleet Resistant S- S- an be mounted either right or left hand H94 H9 H9 H99 H99 H970 H97 H9 H96 H996 H ,00.,00.,640.,640.,740.,740. 6,6. 6,6. V 60 Hz 08V 60 Hz 40V 60 Hz V 60 Hz V 60 Hz V Hz 0V Hz 80V Hz 400V Hz V Hz H9 H96 H97 H994 H99 H97 H976 H97 H98,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,790.,790.,89.,89. V 40V iscount Symbol